GRADUATE
CATALOG
2020-2021

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Accreditations, Approvals, Certifications, Affiliations
and Registrations
AACSB International—The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration and Master of Business Administration programs
Master of Accounting
Accreditation Association for Ambulatory Health Care
Center for Wellness, Health Services
Accreditation Commission for Education in Nursing, Inc. (ACEN)
Associate Degree Program
Baccalaureate Degree Program
Master’s Degree Program
American Bar Association (ABA) (approvals)
Bachelor Paralegal Studies
Certificates in Paralegal Studies
American Chemical Society
B.S. Chemistry (approved)
American Library Association (ALA)
Master of Science in Library Science
Association of Small Business Development Centers (ASBDC)
Small Business Development Center
Association of Technology, Management and Applied Engineering
A.A.S. in Applied Technology
B.A.S. in Technology Leadership
Certified Financial Planner Board of Standards, Inc.
B.S.B.A Finance: Personal Financial Planning Track
College Reading and Learning Association (CRLA)
Writing Center Tutoring Program (certified)
Center for Student Success Tutoring Program (certified)
Venango Campus Academic Resource Center (certified)
Commission on Accreditation for Respiratory Care (CoARC)
B.S. Respiratory Care
Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE)
Doctor of Nursing Practice
Council for Exceptional Children (CEC)
Special Education
Council for Standards in Human Service Education
Bachelor and Associate Human Services
Council on Academic Accreditation in Audiology and Speech-Language Pathology (CAA)
of the American Speech Language Hearing Association
Master’s Degree in Speech Language Pathology
Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (CACREP)
International Association of Counseling Services Inc. (IACS)
Department of Counseling Services
International Dyslexia Association
B.S. Special Education Dual Pre-K–8/7–12
M.S. Special Education Dual Pre-K–8/7–12 with Reading Concentration
International Reading Association (IRA)
Reading Specialist

ii

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

Middle States Commission on Higher Education
3624 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19104-2680
Phone: 215-662-5606
National Association for the Education of Young Children (NAEYC)
Early Childhood Program
National Association of Schools of Art and Design (NASAD)
BA in Art; BFA in Art
National Council for Accreditation of Coaching Education (NCACE)
Coaching Education Program
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE)
School of Education
National Council for Middle Level Education (NMSA)
Middle Level Programs
National Council for the Social Studies (NCSS)
Secondary Social Studies
National Council of Teachers of English (NCTE)
Secondary English
National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM)
Secondary Mathematics
National Science Teachers Association (NSTA)
Secondary Sciences
Pennsylvania Chiefs of Police Association
Pennsylvania Department of Education/School of Education
Teacher Certification Programs (approved)
U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (approved)
Society of Human Resource Management
B.S.B.A. Human Resource Management

It is the policy of Clarion University of Pennsylvania that there shall be equal opportunity in all of its educational programs, services,
and benefits, and there shall be no discrimination with regard to a student’s or prospective student’s gender, gender identity, race
or color, ethnicity, national origin or ancestry, age, mental or physical disability, religion or creed, genetic information, affectional or
sexual orientation, veteran status, or other classifications that are protected under Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972,
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and other pertinent state and federal laws
and regulations. Direct inquiries to the Title IX Coordinator/Director of Social Equity, 210 Carrier Administration Building 16214-1232;
Email asalsgiver@clarion.edu or phone 814-393-2109. Inquiries may also be directed to the Director of the Office for Civil Rights,
Department of Education, 330 Independence Avenue, SW, Washington, DC 20201.

iii

CLARION UNIVERSITY

CLARION UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2020 – 2021
(Subject to change without notice)

FALL SEMESTER 2020

Classes begin - 8 a.m. ........................................................................................................Monday, August 17
Labor Day Holiday ........................................................................................................Monday, September 7
Classes end - 10 p.m. ................................................................................................... Monday, November 23
Thanksgiving holiday begins - 10 p.m. ........................................................................ Monday, November 23
Thanksgiving holiday ends - 8 a.m. ............................................................................. Monday, November 30
Final examination period begins .................................................................................. Monday, November 30
Final examination period ends - 10 p.m. ........................................................................... Friday, December 4
Semester ends - 10 p.m. .................................................................................................... Friday, December 4
Winter Commencement ............................................................................................................................ TBD
Semester grades due from faculty - 12 p.m. ..............................................................Wednesday, December 9
7 Week 1: ................................................................................... August 17 – October 5 (finals on October 6)
7 Week 2: ........................................................................... October 12 – December 3 (finals on December 4)
Winter Intersession
Classes begin .................................................................................................................Monday, December 14
Final Exams ........................................................................................................................ Friday, January 15
Semester grades due from faculty – 12 p.m. ................................................................Wednesday, January 20
Spring Semester 2021
Classes begin - 8 a.m. .......................................................................................................Monday, January 25
Classes end - 10 p.m. ...............................................................................................................Friday, April 30
Final examination period begins - 8.am. ..................................................................................Monday, May 3
Final examination period ends - 10 p.m. .....................................................................................Friday, May 7
Semester ends - 10 p.m. ..............................................................................................................Friday, May 7
Spring Commencement ...........................................................................................................Saturday, May 8
Semester grades due from faculty - 12 p.m. .....................................................................Wednesday, May 12
7 Week 1: ................................................................................... January 25 – March 12 (finals on March 15)
7 Week 2: ................................................................................................March 18 – May 5 (finals on May 6)
Summer Sessions – 2021
Session 1: ............................................................................................................................. May 10 – May 27
Seven Week 1: ...................................................................................................................... May 10 – June 25
Session 2: .................................................................................................................................. June 7 – July 9
Seven Week 2: .................................................................................................................. June 28 – August 13
Session 3:.......................................................................................................................... July 12 – August 12

iv

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

Table of Contents
Accreditations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii
Academic Calendar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
General Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Graduate Study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Admission Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Academic Policies and Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Clarion University Online Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Student Financial Services (Billing and Financial Aid). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Scholarships for Graduate Students. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Student Support Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Master of Science in Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Master of Science in Applied Data Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Master of Business Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Master of Science in Athletic Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Master of Science in Clinical Mental Health Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Master of Science in Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Master of Education in Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Master of Science in Information and Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Master of Science in Nursing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Doctor of Nursing Practice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Master Programs in Special Education & Applied Behavior Analysis. . . . . . . 53
Master of Science in Speech Language Pathology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Graduate Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Doctoral Course Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Campus Maps and Facilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

v

CLARION UNIVERSITY

DIVISION OF
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Website: www.clarion.edu/admissions/graduate

Graduate Degree Programs
• Doctor of Nursing Practice—Online except for
internship

• Master of Science in Special Education—
Online

• Master of Science in Accounting—Online

• Master of Science in Special Education
Pre-K–8/7–12 with Reading Concentration—
Campus

• Master of Science in Athletic Training—Campus
• Master of Business Administration—Online
Accounting Concentration
Finance Concentration
Health Care Concentration

• Master of Science in Speech Language
Pathology—Campus

• Master of Education in Education
Curriculum, Instruction and Teacher Leadership
Concentration—Online
Early Childhood Concentration—Online
Mathematics Education Concentration—Online
Reading Concentration—Online
Science Education Concentration—Online
Special Education Concentration—Blended/Hybrid
Technology Concentration—Online
• Master of Science in Applied Data Analytics—
Online
• Master of Science in Clinical Mental Health
Counseling—Blended/Hybrid (summer residency
requirements)
• Master of Science in Information and Library
Science
Local and Archival Studies Concentration—Online
Reference and User Services Concentration—Online
School Library Media – Online
• Master of Science in Communication—Online

• Master of Science in Nursing
Family Nurse Practitioner Concentration—Online
except labs and clinical
• Certifications
Early Childhood—Online
Post Masters Family Nurse Practitioner—Online
except labs and clinical
Reading Specialist—Blended/Hybrid
(one summer residency)
• Certificates
Advanced Studies in Library Science—Online
Applied Behavior Analysis and Competent Learner
Model – Online
Autism Spectrum Disorders Endorsement—Campus
Gifted and Talented Education—Online
Health Communication—Online
Head Injury and Concussion Management
Certificate – Online
Online Instruction Endorsement—Online
Opioid Treatment Specialist—Online
Public Relations—Online
Skills for Teacher Leaders Endorsement—Online
Social Media Management—Online
For more detailed information on graduate curricula
and courses, refer to the Graduate Catalog or online
at www.clarion.edu/admissions/graduate or
www.clarion.edu/catalog.

vi

1

General Information

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

GENERAL
INFORMATION

Mission

Clarion University of Pennsylvania provides
transformative, life-long learning opportunities through
innovative, nationally recognized programs delivered in
inclusive, student-centered environments.

Vision

Clarion University will be a leader in high impact
educational practices that benefit students, employers, and
community partners.

Core Values

Students, faculty, staff and alumni of Clarion University
value learning, accomplishment, encouragement, diversity,
civility, civic engagement and public higher education.

Graduate Programs Mission

Clarion University recognizes the role that a high
quality graduate program plays in maintaining excellence
in the institution. Clarion University maintains graduate
programs that support the goals of the university.

Graduate Learning Outcomes
As a result of graduate study at Clarion, students will:
1. mature in their understanding of the creative,
natural, social, and cultural forces that shape the
world
2. develop intellectual inquiry and problem solving
skills, leading to praxis
3. commit to personal and professional ethical
responsibility
4. integrate and apply their learning across general
and specialized fields

Non-Discrimination Statement

It is the policy of Clarion University of Pennsylvania
that there shall be equal opportunity in all of its educational
programs, services, and benefits, and there shall be no
discrimination with regard to a student’s or prospective
student’s gender, gender identity, race or color, ethnicity,
national origin or ancestry, age, mental or physical disability,
religion or creed, genetic information, affectional or sexual
orientation, veteran status, or other classifications that are
protected under Title IX of the Education Amendments
of 1972, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,
the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and other
pertinent state and federal laws and regulations. Direct
inquiries to the Title IX Coordinator/Director of Social
Equity, 210 Carrier Administration Building 16214-1232;
email asalsgiver@clarion.edu or phone 814-393-2109.
Inquiries may also be directed to the Director of the
Office for Civil Rights, Department of Education, 330
Independence Avenue, SW, Washington, DC 20201.

Title IX Information
Clarion University is committed to creating an
environment free of sexual harassment for all members of
its University community. Sexual harassment encompasses
all forms of sexual misconduct: sexual harassment, sexual
assault, sexual exploitation, stalking, dating violence,
domestic violence, and any sexual activity conducted
without consent. Accordingly, Clarion University will
not tolerate any form of sexual harassment and provides
this policy to ensure its employees, students, and other
members of the University community are not subjected
to sexual harassment in any form. The University

2

CLARION UNIVERSITY

General Information
offers many resources for addressing complaints of sex
discrimination. Amy Salsgiver Director of Social Equity,
serves as the University’s Title IX Coordinator.
Inquiries, concerns or complaints of faculty, staff
and students regarding sex discrimination or sexual
misconduct should be directed to Ms. Salsgiver’s attention
at asalsgiver@clarion.edu or 814-393-2109. A complaint
form is available online.

Faculty Reporting Requirements
under Title IX
Clarion University and its faculty are committed to
assuring a safe and productive educational environment
for all students. In order to meet this commitment and to
comply with Title IX of the Education Amendments of
1972 and guidance from the Office for Civil Rights, the
University requires faculty members to report incidents
of sexual violence shared by students to the University’s
Title IX Coordinator. The only exceptions to the faculty
member’s reporting obligation are when incidents of
sexual violence are communicated by a student during a
classroom discussion, in a writing assignment for a class
or, as part of a University-approved research project and
it is germane to the coursework. Faculty members are
obligated to report sexual violence or any other abuse of
a student who was, or is, a child (a person under 18 years
of age) when the abuse allegedly occurred to the person
designated in the University protection of minors policy.
Information regarding the reporting of sexual violence
and the resources that are available to victims of sexual
violence is set forth at www.clarion.edu/judicial.
For Title IX reporting and compliance please
contact the Title IX Coordinator, Clarion University of

Pennsylvania, 210 Carrier Hall, asalsgiver@clarion.edu
or 814-393-2109

Correspondence
The address for all correspondence on the admission
process can be addressed to:
Graduate Programs
Clarion University of Pennsylvania
840 Wood Street
Clarion, PA 16214-1232
Telephone: 814-393-2337
gradstudies@clarion.edu

Clarion Campus

Now well into its second century of service to
the people of Pennsylvania, Clarion University has
successively been Carrier Seminary, a state normal school,
a state teachers’ college, a state college, and beginning July
1, 1983, a university in the Pennsylvania State System of
Higher Education. Each phase of this development has
marked a stage in the continuing effort of the institution
to respond to the educational needs and aspirations of
increasing numbers of students.
Today, Clarion University is a multi-purpose institution
with an enrollment of more than 4,700 students offering
associate’s degrees in 9 areas; more than 62 baccalaureate
programs leading to degrees in the arts, business, fine arts,
nursing, and sciences; 11 graduate programs leading to
master’s degrees in business administration, education,
library science, nursing, and the sciences; and one doctoral
program in nursing. Clarion University is recognized by
25 accrediting agencies.

The Clarion Campus of the university contains 128
acres and 43 buildings. Beyond the Clarion Campus,
situated at the west end of the town of Clarion, is a 27-acre
athletic complex with football, baseball, and practice fields
and Memorial Stadium, seating 5,000 spectators. The
university is within the Borough of Clarion approximately
two miles north of Interstate 80 at Exits 62 and 64 and
is approximately 2 1/2 hours’ driving time from the urban
centers of Pittsburgh, Erie, and Youngstown. High on
the Allegheny Plateau overlooking the Clarion River, the
rural setting is in the midst of one of Pennsylvania’s most
scenic resort areas.
Among facilities supporting programs and students at
Clarion University are the Carlson and Suhr libraries, the
George R. Lewis Center for Computing Services, more
than a dozen computer laboratories, a planetarium, modern
science laboratories having excellent instrumentation; a
modern business administration building; technologically
equipped classrooms for library science; radio and
television studios and experimental audio-visual facilities
in the Department of Communication; a writing center,
tutorial services, and a counseling center to assist students
who can benefit from these services; a state-of-the-art
recreation center; residence halls that are completely wired
for high speed Internet access; a modern student center;
and excellent food services across the campus.

Venango Campus

Venango Campus, established in 1961, was the
first branch campus in the Pennsylvania State System
of Higher Education. Located in Oil City, Venango
Campus is scenically situated on 62 acres surrounded
by heavily-wooded foothills  overlooking  the Allegheny
River.
The campus offers a personal and challenging
academic experience with small classes that maximize
student-faculty interaction and student success.
Programs and services are designed to meet a wide
range of needs and are offered with the flexibility that
is required for a diverse community of learners. Many
academic programs utilize partnerships with medical,
business, industrial, and educational organizations that
bring real-world, technical expertise and resources into
its curriculum.
Other programs offered at Venango campus include
certificates that can be completed in one year or less
and a variety of continuing education courses and
seminars.
Students and faculty utilize the latest in electronically
enhanced learning and teaching tools and the fully
wireless campus provides students the flexibility of
accessing university resources anywhere on campus. A
range of cultural events and other activities, including
recreational activities and movies, offer opportunities
for engagement and personal enrichment.

3

Clarion Online

Clarion University, combines its academic tradition of
excellence with online educational technology to provide
programs that are—accredited, accessible, anywhere.
Clarion has been offering classes off the Clarion Campus
using a variety of technologies since 1996. There are
currently several undergraduate, graduate and doctorate
degree and certificate programs available fully online.
The courses required to support these degrees meet
the same curricular and instructional standards and
are taught by the same faculty as classes delivered on
the Clarion Campus. As a result, the degree you earn
through the online programs offers the same quality and
accreditation as a degree you would earn through the
university’s traditional on-campus program.
All classes are delivered over the Internet and are
designed to allow students flexibility to complete their
course work at times convenient to them. Students also
have access to extensive online resources including
online library materials and databases.
Information on the availability of specific degrees
online is indicated under each of the degree program
areas. A list of current course offerings and online
programs is available on the web
at www.clarion.edu/online.

General Information

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

4

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

GRADUATE STUDY
AT CLARION
UNIVERSITY
Eligibility for Admission

Individuals seeking regular full admission to a graduate
program must meet the minimum admission requirements
for Graduate Programs and any additional requirements
of the program. To meet the minimum requirements for
admission to the Graduate Programs an applicant must
provide evidence of:
• A bachelor’s degree or its equivalent from an
acceptably accredited college or university. Individuals
who have not yet completed the baccalaureate degree
may submit transcripts for course work completed, along
with application materials. Final transcripts noting the
completion of the degree will be required.
• A minimum grade-point average (GPA) of 2.75/4.00
at the undergraduate level. Some programs require a
higher undergraduate GPA. Please review the program
admission requirements listed elsewhere in this catalog.

Individuals not meeting the GPA requirement
of a graduate program may be eligible for regular
admission when the lower GPA is evaluated in terms
of supplementary factors, including recommendations/
references, examination scores on such instruments as
the Graduate Record Examination, Graduate Management
Admission Test, and/or the Miller Analogies Test, or
achievement in graduate-level course work.
Information regarding the Miller Analogies Test
(MAT), the Graduate Record Examination (GRE), and
the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) may
be obtained from the respective websites.
Applicants should refer to the admission requirements
of specific programs as listed in this catalog. Questions
regarding test requirements can be answered by contacting
Graduate Programs.

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

Admitted applicants will be classified in one of the
following categories of admission.
Regular Full Admission
Individuals meeting all of the admission requirements
for a graduate program shall be granted regular fulladmission status. Only individuals with regular fulladmission status are eligible for graduate assistantships.
Individuals must achieve regular full-admission status
before they graduate. A student may apply and be
admitted to a graduate program during his/her last year
of undergraduate study. This admission, however, is
contingent upon the student providing the Graduate
Programs office an official final undergraduate transcript
that indicates the baccalaureate degree has been awarded.
Provisional Admission
Individuals not meeting all of the admission
requirements for a graduate program may be admitted
on a provisional basis. In such cases, admission will
be based upon specific provisions that the student must
meet in order to be reclassified as regular full admission.
Individuals admitted on a provisional basis are not
eligible for graduate assistantships. Individuals admitted
on a provisional basis are not guaranteed regular full
admission status.
Conditional Admission
A conditional admission is provided to students,
particularly international students, to enable them to apply
for scholarships. It does not permit the student to enroll
in classes or obtain a visa. It requires specific additional
information providing proof of meeting all admissions
requirements to be converted to a provisional or regular
admission. Conditionally admitted students may be
rejected upon review of their completed application.
Non-Degree Transient Status Admission
Occasionally individuals will want to engage in
graduate study without formally entering a graduate
program. Such individuals should apply for a non-degree
admission status at the time of application. All admission
requirements must be met. Individuals remaining in
this status may not receive a graduate degree. Courses
taken while a person is in this status will be identified as
non-degree on the student’s transcript. The non-degree
student who, after taking courses in non-degree status
determines to seek a graduate degree, must be formally
admitted to a graduate degree program under regular
admission procedures. Graduate Programs may or may
not accept courses taken while a student is in non-degree
status. Applicants admitted on a non-degree basis are
not guaranteed regular full admission status to a degree
program. Certain course restrictions may apply for nondegree students.

A graduate student from another institution may enroll
for graduate courses at Clarion University on a courtesy
basis if he or she intends to transfer the credit for the course
to another institution. Information about courtesy/transient
admission may be obtained from the website.

Admission Procedures

Information about graduate programs may be obtained
by contacting:
Graduate Programs
Clarion University
840 Wood Street
Clarion, PA 16214-1232
gradstudies@clarion.edu
Routine admission policy requires that all graduate
applicants submit:
1. a completed online application;
2. an official transcript from each college or
university attended as an undergraduate or
graduate student (regardless of whether or not
a degree was earned). Official transcripts are
issued from colleges/universities in sealed
envelopes with the seal of the university and
the signature of the registrar on the outside of
the envelopes. The transcripts must be sealed by
the registrar and remain sealed until their arrival
in the Graduate Programs office. Electronic
transcripts sent from agencies are also accepted.
Partial transcripts are acceptable, but evidence
of a degree must be submitted before a student
may enroll in classes;
3. please check your program’s webpage on the
clarion.edu site to see if recommendations are
required.
4. $40 non-refundable application fee; and
5. a resume.
Some graduate programs require additional information
or procedures.
All documents become the property of Clarion
University and will not be returned or duplicated for any
purpose outside the university. Each application must be
for one program only. An additional complete application
packet including the $40 application fee must be submitted
if you are applying to more than one program. All official
documents must be submitted in a large envelope from
the applicant. Applications will be reviewed only after all
materials have been received.
Admission Application Deadlines for Regular,
Provisional and Non-Degree Admissions
The following deadlines apply to graduate applicants.*
Nursing applicants:
To be fully considered for the MSN program,
please submit a complete application by the Priority
Consideration Date of March 1. Applications
received after the March 1 date will be considered

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

Categories of Admission

5

6

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

on a space available basis. To inquire on space for the
fall term start, please contact Graduate Programs at
gradstudies@clarion.edu or by phone at 1-800-6727171, option 6.
Speech Language Pathology applicants: Jan. 31—last
date to complete an application file for upcoming
academic year.
Other programs
Fall: Aug. 1—last date to complete an application file
Spring: Dec. 1—last date to complete an
application file
Summer: April 1—last date to complete an
application file for Summer
*International students must complete an application
file by June 15 for the fall term or by November 15 for
the spring term. See section below on “Admission of
International Students.”
Admission of International Students
The university has an Office of International Programs
to assist students from other countries in achieving a
successful educational experience at Clarion. International
students may write to:
Office of International Programs
Clarion University of Pennsylvania
840 Wood Street
Clarion, PA 16214-1232 U.S.A.
intlprograms@clarion.edu
814-393-2340
International students seeking admission to graduate
study at Clarion University should follow directions
specified for all students under each program’s “Admission
Requirements” and “Degree Requirements.” In addition,
the international student applicant must satisfy the
following requirements:
1. Submit his or her application for admission by the
specified deadline in which he or she wishes to begin
study at Clarion.
2. International applicants must provide evidence of a
bachelor’s degree or its equivalent from an acceptably
accredited college or university. International applicants
must have their complete academic records (transcripts,
mark sheets, certificates) evaluated by one of the
following professional credential evaluating services:
World Education Services (WES) (www.wes.org)
  or Educational Credential Evaluators, Inc. (ECE)
(www.ece.org)

Applicants should request WES or ECE to forward
evaluation results directly to the Clarion University
Graduate Programs Office.
3. A minimum grade-point average (GPA) of 2.75/4.00
scale at the undergraduate level. Some programs
require a higher undergraduate GPA. Please review
the program admission requirements listed on the
“Checklist for Completion of Graduate Application.”
Individuals not meeting the GPA requirement of

a graduate program may be eligible for regular
admission when the lower GPA is evaluated in terms
of supplementary factors, including recommendations,
examination scores on such instruments as the Graduate
Record Examination (GRE), Graduate Management
Admission Test (GMAT), and/or the Miller Analogies
Test (MAT), or achievement in graduate-level course
work.  Information regarding the GRE, GMAT, or MAT
may be obtained from their respective websites.
4. Demonstrate English language proficiency. Acceptable
evidence of proficiency is successful completion of
Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a
score of 550 (paper-based test), or 80 (Internet-based).
Also a minimum International English Language
Testing System (IELTS Internet-based) score of 7.0 is
acceptable. Speech language pathology applicants are
required to submit minimum TOEFL scores of 573
(paper -based), or 89 (Internet-based) with a breakdown
of minimum scores of 18 in reading, 26 in speaking,
21 in listening and 24 in writing. Communication
(communication) applicants are required to submit
minimum TOEFL scores of 600 (paper-based test), or
100 (Internet-based). A minimum IELTS score of 7.5
is acceptable for Communication and speech language
pathology applicants. Clarion offers an Intensive
English Program (IEP) and satisfactory completion of
the program meets the university’s English language
proficiency requirement. As an ESL coop university,
the 112-level Intensive English Program also meets the
university’s English language proficiency. Satisfactory
completion of a bachelor’s degree from an accredited
U.S. university or college is also acceptable evidence
of English language proficiency. Other evidence may
be approved by the Graduate Programs office, such as
affirmation of proficiency by a Clarion faculty member,
other individual, or organization known to Clarion
University.
5. Furnish evidence of adequate financial support on
the Financial Support Statement form. The applicant
must provide an official statement from an authorized
bank certifying that sufficient funds are available to the
student to cover costs of university fees and general
living expenses for one academic year of study in
the United States. Immigration form I-20 will not be
issued until the international applicant has submitted
the required evidence of financial support.
6. Carry a full program of studies (at least nine semester
hours) upon admission and matriculation. The Bureau
of Citizenship and Immigration Services regulations
require students holding an “F” or “J” visa to carry a
full program of study. According to U. S. immigration
regulations, no more than the equivalent of one on-line/
distance education class or three credits per session may
count toward the “full course of study” requirement.
7. Be covered by adequate health insurance. Due to the high
cost of health care in the United States, all international

students are required to carry comprehensive medical
insurance. For further information on insurance, see
section entitled “Health Insurance”.
ADMISSIONS POLICY STATEMENT
Clarion University is committed to ensuring a safe
learning environment for all students, faculty, and staff.
As such, policy and procedures have been developed to
protect all members of the University Community.
When Clarion University receives an admissions
application in which an individual has met the academic
admissions requirements and has indicated he or she has
been convicted of a criminal offense, the application will
be forwarded to the VP for Enrollment Management. The
VP for Enrollment Management and Director of Judicial
Affairs will conduct a preliminary investigation and make
one of the following recommendations: Move forward
and process the admissions application or convene the
Admissions Review Committee for Criminal Convictions
for additional review and final decision.
Some state professional standards and licensure
requirements bar the issuing of a license to a convicted
felon. Consequently, convicted felons may not be eligible
for admission into related academic majors/programs.
Prior conviction, in and of itself, does not automatically
result in denial of admission to the University. The Review
Committee will base the determination of admission on
the severity of the offense(s), the period of time that has
lapsed between completion of the sentence, if applicable,
and the extent to which the conduct would be relevant to
the student’s participation in the University Community.
Members of the Criminal Convictions Review
Committee include:
Vice President for Enrollment Management
Director of Admissions
Director of Judicial Affairs

GENERAL POLICIES
Student Information Updates

Students are responsible for providing the university
with their current address, telephone, and other pertinent
personal information. For current students, this information
should be updated in your MyClarion Student Center.
Students are responsible for confirming their enrollment
each term/session via MyClarion by the end of the drop/
add period. If enrollment has not been confirmed by the
student, their class(es) for the term/session will be dropped.

Student Records

Student academic and personal records are confidential
in nature and protected by the Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974. Records shall be
released only to appropriate faculty and administrative
personnel and to parents and guardians if the student has
provided the Office of the Registrar with a signed written

7

release. Release of these records to others, including
institutions or governmental and legal agencies, shall
occur only upon approval by the student or graduate, or
upon subpoena.
Transcripts of academic work are available to the
student or graduate at the Office of the Registrar when
requested in writing. There is a limit of three transcripts
per request per day. No transcript shall be issued to a
student who is financially indebted to the college. All
enrolled, degree-seeking students are charged a one-time
academic records fee which is added to their statement of
charges from the Accounts Receivable Office.
Grade Release Policy
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
(FERPA) of 1974 prohibits the release of educational
records, other than to certain defined exceptions, without
the student’s consent. Therefore, no transcripts, grades,
or GPAs shall be released through a telephone call or via
facsimile.
The Office of the Registrar will send grades to parents
upon request, if the student has completed a Release of
Information form. Grades are available via the Web.
Family Educational Rights And Privacy Act
(FERPA) Notification Statement
The following notification statement is made available
to students enrolled at Clarion University to apprise them
of their rights concerning access and review of their
education records maintained at the university.
These rights afforded to students through the Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) are:
The right to inspect and review the student’s education
records within 45 days of the day the university receives a
request for access. Students should submit to the registrar,
dean, chairperson, director or other appropriate university
official written requests that identify the record(s)
they wish to inspect. The university official will make
arrangements for access and notify the student of the
time and place where the records may be inspected. If
the records are not maintained by the university official to
whom the request was submitted, that official shall advise
the student of the correct official to whom the request
should be addressed.
The right to request the amendment of the student’s
education records that the student believes is inaccurate
or misleading. Students may ask the university to amend
a record that they believe is inaccurate or misleading.
They should write the university official responsible
for the record, clearly identify the part of the record
they want changed, and specify why it is inaccurate or
misleading. If the university decides not to amend the
record as requested by the student, the university will
notify the student of the decision and advise the student
of his or her right to a hearing regarding the request for
amendment. Additional information regarding the hearing
procedures will be provided to the student when notified

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

8

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Graduate Study at
Clarion University
of the right to a hearing.
The right to consent to disclosures of personally
identifiable information contained in the student’s
education records, except to the extent that FERPA
authorizes disclosure without consent. One exception,
which permits disclosure without consent, is disclosure
to school officials with legitimate educational interests.
A school official is defined as a person employed by the
university in an administrative, supervisory, academic
or support staff position (including law enforcement
and health staff); a person or company with whom the
university has contracted (such as an attorney, auditor,
or collection agent); a person serving on the Board of
Trustees; or assisting another school official in performing
his or her tasks. The university uses contractors,
volunteers, in-service providers to provide university
services and functions. A school official has a legitimate
educational interest if the official needs to review an
education record in order to fulfill his or her professional
responsibility.
Upon request, the university may disclose education
records without consent to officials of another school in
which a student seeks or intends to enroll.
Examples of this are any collaborative programs that
Clarion is involved in with sister PASSHE universities.
These collaborative programs result in dual enrollment at
both schools and Clarion will disclose certain information
from the student’s education records to the other institution

under the program.
The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department
of Education concerning failures by the university to
comply with the requirements of FERPA. The name and
address of the Office that administers FERPA is:
Family Policy Compliance Office
U.S. Department of Education
400 Maryland Avenue, SW
Washington, DC 20202-4605
Directory Information:
Clarion University shall disclose nothing more than
“directory information” without the student’s written
consent, unless the Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974 permits the disclosure. One of those
permissible disclosures is to faculty who has a legitimate
educational interest. The following are considered to be
“directory information:” the student’s name, local and
permanent addresses and telephone numbers, university
Email address, age, names of parents, major field of
study, dates of registered attendance, enrollment status
(e.g., undergraduate or graduate; full-time or part-time),
participation in officially recognized activities and sports,
any degrees and the date they were conferred, any honors
and awards received, and the most recent educational
agency or institution attended. A student may refuse to
permit disclosure of “directory information” by submitting
in person to the Office of the Registrar, at any time, a
written statement of such refusal. However, if the student’s

intent is exclusion of his or her information in the online
directory, they must submit this refusal during the first
five days of the fall and spring semesters.

Academic Policies and
Procedures
Academic Honesty Policy
Students at Clarion University shall maintain
a high standard of honesty in scholastic work. As
members of the university community, students have a
responsibility to be familiar with the conduct regulations
found in the university catalogs, Residence Hall
Handbook; Student Code of Conduct, Academic Code, and
Community Standards, and other university documents.
Among the conduct regulations addressed are acts of
academic dishonesty, including plagiarism or cheating on
assignments, examinations, or other academic work, or
without prior approval of the instructor, submitting work
already done for another course.
Students shall avoid all forms of academic dishonesty,
including but not limited to:
1. Plagiarism – the use of another’s words without
attribution and without enclosing the words in quotation
marks. Plagiarism may also be defined as the act of
taking the ideas or expression of ideas of another person
and representing them as one’s own-even if the original
paper has been paraphrased or otherwise modified. A
close or extended paraphrase may also be considered
plagiarism even if the source is named.
2. Collusion – collaborating with another person in the
preparation of notes, themes, reports, or other written
work offered for credit, unless specifically permitted
by the instructor.
3. Cheating on an examination or quiz – giving or
receiving information or using prepared material on
an examination or quiz.
4. Falsification of data – manufacturing data, falsification
of information, including providing false or misleading
information, or selective use of data to support a
particular conclusion or to avoid conducting actual
research.
Any member of the academic community may bring
complaints of academic dishonesty against a student.
Sanctions for academic dishonesty can range from a
failing grade on a particular assignment or examination to
dismissal from the university based on the seriousness of
the action and whether it is part of a pattern of academic
dishonesty. Instructors imposing a lowered or failing
grade on an assignment or course because of a charge of
academic dishonesty must inform the student. Students
have the right to appeal instructor decisions (Student Code
of Conduct, Academic Code, and Community Standards)
either through the grade-appeal process (see section on
“Student Rights in the Classroom”) or directly to the
Conduct Board (see section on “Adjudication Appeals”)
depending on the nature of the dispute. Sanctions

9

extending beyond a particular course, such as suspension
or dismissal from an academic program or from the
university, can only be imposed as the result of complaints
filed under the Disciplinary Procedures Code and after
Formal Hearings under this code.
Academic Standing
All graduate students are expected to remain in good
academic standing by maintaining a cumulative GPA of
3.0 on a 4.0 scale and earning no more than six semester
hours of “C” or lower grades in graduate courses.
Individual graduate programs may set higher standards
for “good” academic standings.
Courses with grades lower than C will not count toward
the graduate program. These courses will count in the
calculation of the cumulative GPA.
Probation:
Graduate students will be placed on probation when
they earn more than 6 hours of C grades or they drop
below a cumulative grade point average of 3.00. Students
placed on probation must return to good academic
standing through grades earned in course work during
the next semester or session in which they enroll. Failure
to earn grades sufficient to be removed from probation
will result in dismissal from the graduate program. This
policy applies to all graduate programs unless program
accreditation standards specify otherwise.
Students who receive failing (D and/or F) grades in
all of their courses their first semester will be dismissed
from their program.
Students with a provisional admission that do not meet
the requirements of their provisional admission will be
dismissed.
To be removed from probation, students should take
graduate level courses in his/her program and earn grades
sufficient to raise the cumulative grade point average to
3.00 or above.
Students who do not meet the conditions for removal of
probation will be dismissed from their graduate program.
After one semester of non-enrollment, the student may
reapply to the program. If reaccepted, all conditions
of probation apply and must be addressed in their first
semester back.
Students on probation status or who have been
dismissed in one program may apply to another graduate
program for consideration for regular full or provisional
admission.
Please note the following program specific policies:
• MBA Program excludes grades earned in foundation
courses for the purpose of this policy.
• CSD students who are on probation must come up
with a remediation plan to remove themselves from
probation. This plan will come to the department
through the student’s faculty advisor and must be
approved.

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

10

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

Transfer of Credit
Some graduate programs allow students to transfer
credit for graduate courses taken at other regionallyaccredited institutions for coursework of higher academic
caliber in accepted fields of study. It is university policy
that no more than 30 percent of the total credits for a
degree may be transfer credits. The course(s) taken
must be recognized in content and quality as similar
to Clarion University’s approved academic credit. The
credits must be capable of counting toward a graduate
degree at the sponsoring institution. Course credit will
not be transferred until the course has been evaluated and
approved by the department and dean. A student enrolled
in a degree program at Clarion who wishes to take a course
at another institution for transfer to Clarion should obtain
prior approval from his/her academic advisor, department
chair, and the college dean (see transfer credit form for
approval process). The student is required to furnish a
complete description of the intended transfer course(s)
usually through a catalog description and the syllabus of
the course(s) for which he/she is requesting transfer credit.
Courses transferred must be certified as graduate level
on the official transcript and must have a grade of “B” or
better. Transfer credit course grades are not computed in
the Clarion GPA and all transfer credits will be calculated
in semester hours. The proposed transfer credit must not
be more than six years old at the time of completion of the
degree program at Clarion University. Credits earned as
part of another graduate degree from Clarion University or
other regionally accredited institutions may be transferred
into a Clarion graduate degree; no more than 30 percent
of the total credits for the new degree may be transferred
from credits that are part of a previously earned graduate
degree.
The following types of courses are not accepted for
transfer credit: correspondence course credit, pass/fail
grades, and workshop courses. Graduate Transfer Credit
Request forms are available online.
Residency
For Graduate Students:
At least two thirds of the credits meeting program
requirements must be taken from Clarion University.
Note: This is the minimum number of credits that must
be taken “in residence” and that an individual program
may limit the number of hours allowed to transfer into the
graduate program. In those cases, the limit is included as
part of the student’s degree audit.
For Doctoral Students:
Residency requirements are determined at the program
level.
Timeliness of Enrollment and
Completion of Degree
It is expected that an applicant admitted to graduate
study will enroll for course work at once. Students who
do not enroll at Clarion for graduate courses in programs

CLARION UNIVERSITY

to which they are admitted within 12 months following
admission will be required to reapply before they can
enroll. Information about eligibility to enroll in classes
may be obtained from the Graduate Programs office.
A degree must be completed within six years from the
date of initial enrollment. Extensions may be allowed only
by approval of the department chair and the dean of the
college in which the student’s program resides.
Comprehensive Examination Policy
Students enrolled in graduate programs that include a
comprehensive exam will be granted no more than three
attempts to pass the exam. Students who do not pass their
comprehensive examination after three attempts will not
graduate from their graduate degree program.
Graduation and Degree Conferral Policy
Students must initiate an Application for Graduation to
be considered a candidate for graduation. Applications are
available on the Registrar’s Office website. Applications
must be approved by the academic advisor, department
chair and dean. Deadlines for submitting applications
are available on the Registrar’s Office website. Details
regarding the commencement ceremony can be found on
the Commencement webpage.
Formal commencement exercises are held in December
and May of each year. Participation in the December
ceremony is limited to those degree candidates who
will complete their degree requirements in fall or winter
intersession. Participation in the May ceremony is limited
to those degree candidates who will complete their degree
requirements in the spring or summer.
Degrees are conferred six times annually – the last day
of final exams for the fall semester, winter intersession,
spring semester, first summer session, second summer
session, and third summer session.
Students who have not successfully completed all
degree requirements within 30 days after the last day of
final exams will not have their degree awarded until the
degree conferral date for the term their requirements have
been completed.
Students who do not successfully complete their
degree requirements for the term are responsible for
reactivating their application for graduation by notifying
the Registrar’s Office of their next anticipated date of
graduation.
Second Degrees
Graduate students seeking to complete dual graduate
degrees will be required to complete at least 12 hours
beyond the minimal credit requirements for the degree
program with the most required credits.
Post-Masters Students Returning for a Second
Masters Degree: Students need to complete an additional
15 credits (regardless of number of earned credits of the
first masters degree) and complete degree requirements in
effect at time of matriculation for second Masters degree.

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

Graduate Credit Load
A graduate student enrolled in nine semester hours of
course work in a term is considered a full-time student.
A graduate student taking less than nine credits is
considered a part-time student. The typical load for
graduate students is nine to 12 credits during the fall and
spring semesters.
Students who wish to enroll for more than 12 graduate
credit hours must have the approval of the graduate
program coordinator and the college dean.
Accelerated Bachelors to Masters
Grades earned in graduate courses taken as an
undergraduate in an accelerated program also count
toward the cumulative grade point average on the graduate
transcript.
400-Level Courses
Not all 400-level courses can be taken for graduate
credit. Students should consult with graduate program
coordinators or the Registrar’s office to determine
400-level courses that have been approved for graduate
credit. These approved 400-level courses are listed each
semester in the graduate section of the published Schedule
of Classes. Note: courses taken at the 400-level for
undergraduate credit cannot be repeated for graduate
credit. The maximum number of 400-level courses
accepted toward degree requirements varies among the
graduate programs. See specific program descriptions
and requirements.
Repeat Grade Policy
Graduate students can repeat a single course only once.
Graduate students are also limited to a maximum of two
repeats across their program.
Once a student has graduated from the university, a
course cannot be repeated for the purpose of improving
one’s cumulative undergraduate or graduate GPA.
The latest repeat grade shall be the counting grade in
the GPA prior to graduation. The quality points, quality

hours, and earned hours of the original grade received will
be subtracted from the student’s cumulative statistics. The
student’s transcript will reflect that the student repeated a
course. Grades earned at another institution cannot be used
to replace grades previously earned at Clarion.
Withdrawals
Individual Course Withdrawal Policy
All class withdrawals must be submitted online
through the student’s MyClarion Student Center before the
end of the class withdrawal period. If a withdrawal is not
submitted online within the designated class withdrawal
period, a failing grade may be recorded for the affected
course(s). Classes a student drops during the period of
drop/add will not appear on the student’s record. Course
withdrawals may be made between the second and tenth
weeks of a regular semester or by the dates listed on the
Registrar’s calendar page for winter and summer sessions.
Appeals for a late course withdrawal may be made
by students to the Registrar for withdrawals due to
documented extenuating circumstances such as illness or
some other unavoidable occurrence. These appeals must
be submitted in writing prior to the last day of classes
and require approval of the instructor, advisor, and dean
of the student’s program. Ceasing to attend class does not
constitute an official withdrawal. Students must officially
withdraw from the course.
Withdrawal From the University
Students may withdraw from the university (all
courses) through the last day of classes by notifying the
Office of the Registrar in writing of his or her intention
to withdraw and the reason for withdrawal. University
withdrawals are recorded with grades of WX.If a
withdrawal is not made by the deadline, a failing grade
may be recorded for the affected course(s). Ceasing to
attend classes does not constitute an official university
withdrawal. Students must officially withdraw from the
university.
Appeals to this procedure must be submitted by the
student in writing to the Registrar no later than 30 days
following the end of the semester for which the student
is submitting the withdrawal. Appeals require review and
approval by the Office of Academic Affairs. Contact Student
Financial Services for financial implications of withdrawal.
Medical Withdrawals
Students requesting a medical withdrawal should
complete the semester/university withdrawal form along
with the request for medical withdrawal and submit the
forms and documentation to the Registrar’s Office before
the last day of the semester prior to final exams. Appeals
to this procedure must be submitted within 30 days after
the end of the semester. No Medical Withdrawals will be
granted to students who have attended the entire semester
and/or successfully completed any coursework for the term.

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

Add/Drop
Class schedules may be changed during the add/drop
period. Courses may be added during the first week of
classes during the fall and spring semesters. For a list
of exact dates and deadlines for adding and dropping a
course for all terms, please refer to the ‘Calendars’ link
on the Registrar’s Office webpage at www.clarion.edu/
registrar/calendar
A student seeking admission to a closed section
should consult with the instructor or chairperson of
the department that offers the course. Admission to a
closed section requires the permission of the instructor
or department chair and/or the dean of the college that
offers the course.
Students may make changes to their schedule through
their MyClarion account.

11

12

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

The Provost Office has the authority to issue a Medical
Withdrawal Refund in conjunction with the University
Refund Policy based on the date of the withdrawal.
http://www.clarion.edu/tuition-and-financial-aid/billingand-payments/refunds.html
Because a Medical Withdrawal impacts your
education, financial aid and family financial planning,
we recommend that you talk openly with your family
members so that they can support you and help you
re-evaluate your academic and health plan. The policy
and procedures for completing a medical withdrawal
online at www.clarion.edy/academics/registrars-office/
academicpolicies.
When you are ready to return to Clarion University:
A student must submit the request for reinstatement
from medical withdrawal paperwork to return from a
Medical Withdrawal to the Registrar’s Office. To provide
ample time for consideration, this process should be
initiated by the student at least 30 calendar days prior to
the start of the term the student wishes to enroll. Obtain
the signature on the reinstatement from medical withdrawal from a Physician licensed medical doctor M.D.
or D.O., outside of the University, attesting to the fact
that you are ready to return to the University. Make sure
that all of the requested information is included. Submit
the completed form with signature(s) to the Registrar’s
Office. You will need to apply for readmission through
the Registrar’s Office. The form is available online at
(http://www.clarion.edu/academics/registrars-office/).
The Registrar’s Office will process your readmission
paperwork, remove your hold, and email you confirmation that the readmission has been approved. Review the
Withdrawal Reentry Plan that will be provided to you
by the Registrar’s Office after your readmission paperwork is processed. Contact your advisor or department
chair to discuss what classes you should enroll in once
your readmission paperwork is processed. Make housing arrangements or other arrangements related to your
return back to the University.
Grading System

A
B
C
D
F
I
IP
W
WX
CR
CX
AU
NCR
P
PC
Z

Excellent
Good
Satisfactory
Poor
Failure*
Incomplete**
In Progress (Graduate Thesis)
Class Withdrawal
Withdrawal from University
Credit, no grade reported
Credit by examination
Audit
No Credit***
Pass
Pass C Grade or Higher
Grade Unknown** (temporary)

* Prior to 2013, E was whte symbol for Failure
** Becomes an F after one semester if not completed.

*** The grade of NCR is a non-punitive grade used in unique situations
where a semester is disrupted (e.g. natural disaster, pandemic, etc.).
When use of this grade is invoked, it will be issued in place of the
‘F’ letter grade for a student who does not successfully complete the
requirements for a course. Course credits will be counted as attempted
credits, but no credit is earned and hours taken will not enter into the
computation of the student’s GPA.

Auditing Courses
With the permission of the instructor, interested
students may audit courses if there is space available in the
course from the first day of class and up until the end of the
drop/add period. No credits, quality points or grades are
assigned for audited courses. Students must declare their
intentions in writing to the Office of the Registrar before
the end of the drop/add period. Laboratory courses may
not be taken as an audit. Students who enroll in a course
for credit may change to an audit grade only during the
drop/add period. Likewise, students who enroll in a course
to audit may only change to credit during this same period.
Courses taken as an audit will be recorded on the
official transcript with a grade of “AU;” no credit or letter
grade will be received. Graduate-level courses taken as an
“audit” cannot be counted as credits in a degree program
and cannot be repeated later for credit or a letter grade.
Incomplete Grades
Incomplete grades are not given unless a student has
been in attendance throughout a semester or session. It
indicates the work of a student is incomplete and the final
grade is being withheld until the student fulfills all the
requirements of the course. Incomplete grades are used
only when conditions and circumstances warrant and when
evidence is presented to justify its being given.
Students receiving incomplete grades are required to
make arrangements with the instructor who submitted the
incomplete grade to fulfill the requirements of the course
by the end of the following semester, or the incomplete
becomes a failing grade. Incompletes are not removed by
repeating the course.
No one may be cleared for graduation with “I” grades
on record.
In Progress Grades
The grade “IP” is given for thesis work at the graduate
level that extends beyond the semester or term originally
scheduled if the course is not completed. It implies
satisfactory performance. The grade “IP” will not alter the
GPA of the student since hours attempted, hours earned,
and quality points earned will be entered in cumulative
totals once the final grade is submitted. The “IP” grade
shall remain on the student’s transcript until the instructor
submits a grade.
Advisement
Upon admission to a graduate program, a student is
assigned an advisor. The advisor will assist the student
in planning an individual program and in maintaining
progress within the program.

Research, Theses, and Comprehensive
Examinations
The individual graduate programs within the university
establish research, theses, and/or comprehensive
examination requirements. The student should refer to
the section of this catalog presenting specific programs
to determine exact requirements.
Student Responsibility for Academic
Requirements
Provisions in the Clarion Graduate Catalog cannot be
considered an irrevocable contract between the university
and the student.
The university makes every effort to keep information
in the catalog current. It must reserve the right, however,
to amend any academic, administrative, or disciplinary
policies or regulations and to update fees or service
charges described in this catalog without prior notice to
persons affected.
Students are held responsible for reading and
understanding the academic, administrative, and
disciplinary policies or regulations and for understanding
the general education requirements as published in the
catalog when they matriculate. They are held responsible
for the requirements of a major in effect at the time they
officially declare a major. If students change majors, they
are responsible for the requirements of the major in effect
when they officially change majors.
Requirements for graduation as well as those for
various curricula and degree programs may change
after students matriculate at Clarion. Such changes
will not be retroactive, although students will have the
option to elect to meet the new program requirements, if
desired. Exceptions may be necessary when changes in
professional certification or licensure standards mandate
such changes in requirements or programs.

Nondiscrimination on the Basis of
Disability

Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 have provided
the framework for those individuals with disabilities
to not be discriminated against. Clarion University,
which is a federally funded institution, must provide for
nondiscrimination under its federal grants and programs.
Thus, “no otherwise qualified individual with a disability
in the United States... shall, solely by reason of her or
his disability be excluded from the participation in, be
denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination
under any program or activity receiving federal financial
assistance...” (29 U.S.C. § 794(a), see also 29 U.S.C.
§ 706(8), see also 42 U.S.C. §§ 12132, 10102, 12114).
An “individual with a disability” has been defined, with
certain exceptions, as “any person who (i) has a physical
or mental impairment which substantially limits one or

13

more of such person’s major life activities, (ii) has a record
of such an impairment, or (iii) is regarded as having such
an impairment. (See 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et. seq. and 29
U.S.C. § 701 et. seq.)
The applications of these laws at Clarion University
ensures that:
1. no qualified individual with a disability may
be excluded solely by such disability from any
course, or courses of study;*
2. classes will be rescheduled for those students
with mobility impairments if they are scheduled
for inaccessible class­rooms;*
3. academic degree or course requirements may
be modified in certain instances to ensure full
participation by students with disabilities;*
4. alternate methods of testing and evaluation
are available in all courses offered by the
university for students with documented
requirements for such methods;*
5. auxiliary aids are made available by the
university for students with impaired sensory,
manual, or speaking skills;*
6. certain campus rules and regulations may
be waived if they limit the participation of
students with disabilities;* and
7. housing opportunities, employment
opportunities, and other opportunities for
students with disabilities are equal to those of
students without disabilities.*
*Note: The university is only legally obligated
to provide academic adjustments to a qualified
individual with a disability who has made his or her
need known and when it has received the appropriate
documentation of such disability to support the
adjustment. Thus, students must provide the
university with the necessary medical and diagnostic
information to support their requests, including
specifying what academic adjustments are needed.
The Office of Disability Support Services (DSS)
functions as the university’s primary vehicle for assisting
students with physical and/or learning disabilities. Students
must initiate the process of receiving accommodations
by contacting the coordinator of Disability Support
Services, located in 109 Becht Hall. Also, as part of the
university’s registration process, students are provided
with a confidential questionnaire that enables them
to notify the university of possible accommodations
and services that are related to a disabling condition.
Students should return these forms to the Office of the
Registrar. In addition, students must contact the DSS office
to submit proper documentation and discuss requested
accommodations. Students should contact the DSS
office far enough in advance to allow sufficient time to
coordinate accommodations.
Information on services for students with disabilities

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

14

may be obtained by contacting the Coordinator of Disability
Support Services, 109 Becht Hall, 814-393-2095. Inquiries
regarding services and facilities accessibility may also be
obtained by contacting the Director of Social Equity, 210
Carrier Administration Building, 814-393-2109.
Center for Academic Achievement
The Center for Academic Achievement is available
to students with disabilities who desire additional help in
the form of academic advising, informational workshops,
and assistance with study skills. Students interested in
obtaining information about the program should contact
the CAA program, 109 Becht Hall, 814-393-2347.

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

Clarion Online

Lynne M. Lander Fleisher, Director
121 Becht Hall
Telephone: 814-393-2778
Email address: lfleisher@clarion.edu
Website: www.clarion.edu/online
Clarion University, combines its academic tradition
of excellence with online educational technology to
provide classes and programs that are—accredited,
accessible, anywhere. Information on the availability of
specific degrees online is indicated under each of the
degree program areas. A list of current course offerings
and online graduate programs is available on the Web
at www.clarion.edu/online.

Student Financial Services
(Billing and Financial Aid)

Becht Hall, First Floor
Telephone: 1-800-672-7171, opt #2 for financial aid,
opt #4 for billing
Email Address: stfinservice@clarion.edu
Website: www.clarion.edu/sfs
Current Costs of Enrollment
Students should refer to the Clarion University
Student Financial Services (SFS) website at: www.
clarion.edu/sfs for current costs of enrollment and
detailed billing/payment information.
Student Invoices
Student invoices (bills) are not mailed to students.
Students can view and print their electronic invoices via
the Student Service Center (https://myclarion.clarion.
edu) approximately 30 days prior to the start of the
semester. Students are billed each term (i.e. summer,
fall, winter, and spring) and payment is expected the
Friday before classes begin each semester.
Monthly Payment Plan
During a regular semester, the monthly payment is
divided into 5, 4, or 3 payments of the total charges for
the semester, minus any financial aid. A non-refundable
payment plan fee of $60 per semester will be charged to
your student account. The budget amount includes tuition,
fees, room and board for the current semester and cannot
include past due balances. Any change to an installment

CLARION UNIVERSITY

plan must have prior approval of the Student Accounts
office. If financial aid is awarded after the payment plan
has been set up, you must continue to make regular
payments until the aid is applied and the balance is paid
in full. Your budget will adjust accordingly for payments
received on your account.
The payments are due by the 10th of each month. Once
registered for the payment plan, installment reminders
will be sent to the student’s email and to authorized users
monthly; no paper statements will be generated.
Register for the payment plan online:
S t u d e n t s - Vi s i t t h e M y C l a r i o n p o r t a l ,
click on “Manage My Account” and then click
the “Enroll in Payment Plan” button. Then select
“term”. You can now select the plan you would like to
utilize. Please see website for visual instructions on how
to complete enrollment, please view the following web
page: http://www.clarion.edu/tuition-and-financial-aid/
billing-and-payments/payment-options/how-to-set-upa-cupay-payment-plan.pdf
Financial Aid Refunds
Refunds from excess financial aid are not available
to students until after the drop/add period is over each
semester. The quickest way to gain access to any
financial aid refunds you may receive from excess
financial aid disbursements is to sign up for direct deposit
online on your MyClarion account. You can get step-bystep directions on how to do this at: www.clarion.edu/
myclariondoc.
Financial Aid Application
Financial assistance is available to students in the
form of scholarships, loans, and student employment.
Clarion urges all students to complete a Free Application
for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) prior to May 1 each
year via the federal website: https://fafsa.ed.gov.
Please indicate Clarion’s Title IV code (003318) on the
FAFSA form.
Academic Year
At Clarion University, an academic year is comprised
of a fall and spring semester, during which time a fulltime graduate student is expected to complete at least 18
credits. The period of time school is in session consists
of 30 weeks of instruction.
Financial Aid Programs
In addition to graduate assistantships, the following
financial aid may be available to graduate students:
Federal TEACH Grant
Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher
Education (TEACH) grants are based on the program
of study and cumulative grade point average (3.25 is
required) rather than financial need. In order to qualify
for this grant at Clarion, students must be enrolled in
a bilingual education, foreign language, mathematics,

15

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

reading specialist, science, or special education degree
program.
Interested students should complete a TEACH Grant
Preliminary Application available online at www.clarion.
edu/financialaidforms. Once approved for the grant,
students must complete an annual Agreement To Serve
document in which they agree to teach for at least four
academic years within the first eight calendar years
of completing their TEACH-eligible degree. NOTE:
TEACH recipients who fail to complete this service
obligation will have their TEACH grants converted to
interest-bearing Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford
Loans. Interest will be assessed retroactive to the date
the first TEACH grant disbursed to their account.
Federal Direct Student Loan Program
Federal Direct Student Loans provide a maximum
of $20,500 per academic year for eligible students.
Graduate students cannot exceed an aggregate loan limit
of $138,500 for both undergraduate and graduate loans.
Students must have a current year FAFSA on file, as
well as a Master Promissory Note (MPN) and Entrance
Loan Counseling. The one-time-only MPN and entrance
counseling are completed online at
www.studentloans.gov.
Federal Direct Student Loan interest rates vary by
year and type of loan. However, there is a 9.5 percent
maximum interest rate cap on all Federal Direct Student
Loan programs.

Repayment for Direct Student Loans begins six months
after the student ceases at least half-time enrollment at
the university. During this six month “grace” period, no
payment is required. However, monthly repayments start
at the end of the one-time-only grace period and extend
over a 10-year repayment period. Loan deferments are
available to eligible students--students should contact
their federal loan servicer to obtain additional information
if they experience financial hardships during their 10-year
repayment period.
Federal Direct GradPLUS Loans
GradPLUS loans are available to graduate students
and are not based on financial need. Students may choose
to borrow up to their cost of education minus any other
financial aid awarded for the year. There are no aggregate
loan limits for this program.
Students must have a current year FAFSA on file
and complete both a GradPLUS loan application and a
GradPLUS loan Master Promissory Note (MPN) on the
www.studentloans.gov website. Eligible students must
be enrolled at least half-time to qualify for this loan and
demonstrate no adverse credit history in order to qualify
for the loan.
GradPLUS loan interest rates may vary but there is a
10.5 percent maximum cap.
Students may request an in-school deferment during
the GradPLUS application process. This permits them to

16

waive the requirement to begin repayment no later than
60 days after the loan is fully disbursed to their account.
Students have 10 years in which to repay the loan once
their deferment expires and/or the loan is fully disbursed
to the student.

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

Private (Alternative) Loans
Before applying for a private (alternative) loan,
consider Federal Direct Student Loans first. Generally,
they offer better terms and lower interest rates.
If you find that you need additional funding, do not
wish to apply for federal financial aid, or are ineligible
for federal aid, you may want to apply for a private
loan. Some private loans are not subject to federal
financial aid regulations, such as having a FAFSA on
file, making satisfactory academic progress, completing
federal verification, and they do not have limits on the
amount borrowed based on the number of credits earned.
However, they are based on the credit-worthiness of the
applicant and/or the cosigner.
Private lenders offer a variety of loan products to
undergraduate, graduate, professional school, part-time,
continuing education, and international students. In most
cases, students can apply online. In some cases, the loans
can be used to pay past due balances of educational
costs. Additional information, as well as our private loan
comparison tool through ELMSelect, can be found online
at www.clarion.edu/privateloans.
Clarion University Book Voucher
The book voucher fund is an interest-free fund that
Clarion, Venango, and, Online students may utilize
for educational books and supplies purchased at the
University Book Store. Students must have excess
financial aid to cover the cost of the books and be
enrolled in a degree seeking program at least half-time
(4.5 credits). Students must be in good standing with the
university. Voucher amount may vary, but are typically
restricted to no more than $500.
Book vouchers are typically available two weeks
before classes begin with the exception of winter
intersession, the book voucher program is not available
for winter.
If the student withdraws, he/she is responsible for
paying the book voucher back to the university. If the
voucher is not paid in a timely manner, a registration
hold will be placed on the student’s account until the
balance is paid.
Part-Time Employment
Employment is available to the extent that funds are
provided by the federal government and the institution.
The assignment of students to on- or off-campus positions
is generally based on financial need. Students interested
in student employment should log in to their MyClarion
Student Center and click on the student employment link

CLARION UNIVERSITY

to review employment opportunities.
All student employment programs require eligible
students to maintain at least half-time enrollment (six
credits) during the academic year. Participating students
must be paid at least the current federal minimum wage
rate and receive their pay on a bi-weekly basis.
Federal Work-Study Program
The university participates in the Federal WorkStudy Program which permits students with unmet
financial need to work while classes are in session.
Eligible students must have a current year FAFSA
on file. Participating students typically work no more
than 10-15 hours per week (as determined by the
employer) during the academic year.
State (Institutional) Employment Program
Students participating in this program do not need
to demonstrate unmet financial need nor is a current
year FAFSA required. Hours are typically limited
to no more than 10-15 hours per week during the
academic year (as determined by the employer).
Veterans’ Benefits
Clarion University is approved to offer courses/
programs under the G.I. Bill.© Students who are entitled
under one of these bills should contact the Veterans
Certifying Official immediately after being accepted for
admission to the university in order to secure additional
instruction at 814-393-1630. Credit for educational
experience in the armed services is accepted on the
basis of recommendations by the American Council on
Education – ACE.
Conditions Which Accompany Financial Aid
In order to continue receiving financial aid following
initial enrollment at Clarion University of Pennsylvania,
students must meet certain conditions each year. One
such condition requires students to enroll at least parttime (4.5 credits) for the federal aid programs. Also, all
federal aid applicants must reapply for aid using the
FAFSA form each year. Full-time graduate students may
receive assistance from the federal Title IV programs
for up to 150 percent of the published length of their
educational program.
Federal aid regulations require students to maintain
satisfactory academic progress (SAP). In order to
demonstrate good SAP, students must successfully
complete at least 67 percent of all cumulatively attempted
credits to date as measured on an annual basis. This
percentage is calculated and reviewed each academic
year at the end of the spring term prior to the student’s
receipt of any additional federal financial aid monies for
the future academic year.
Students, regardless of enrollment status, who fail
to achieve a cumulative GPA of at least a 3.00 are not
eligible to receive additional federal aid, even if they
meet the 67 percent cumulative completion requirement.

Appeal Procedure
Students denied financial aid for any reason may
appeal the denial as follows:
1. Write to the Student Financial Services Office
(SFS), Clarion University, 840 Wood Street,
Clarion, PA 16214, noting the denial and stating
the reasons why financial aid should not be
denied. NOTE: If the student is appealing a lack of
satisfactory academic progress (SAP) determination,
specific directions on the appeal process are
available at www.clarion.edu/sappolicy.
2. SFS Office staff will review the denial in terms of
information provided by the student.
3. Following the review, the SFS Office staff will
inform the student of the status of the appeal
(granted/declined).
Return of Federal Aid Monies due to
University Withdrawal
Federal Title IV regulations dictate the return of federal
aid monies. If a recipient of Title IV funds (TEACH Grant,
Direct Stafford Loan, Direct GradPLUS Loan) withdraws
from school after beginning attendance, a portion of
the Title IV funds may have to be returned to the U.S.
Department of Education (USDE).
Title IV funds are awarded to a student under the
assumption that the student will attend school for the
entire period for which the assistance is awarded. When a
student withdraws, the student may no longer be eligible
for the full amount of the Title IV funds that the student
was originally scheduled to receive.
Students, who are considering withdrawing after the
semester begins or reducing their credit hour load, should
contact the Student Financial Services Office first to
determine the impact on their financial aid awards.
If a student withdraws before completing 60 percent
of the semester, the percentage of Title IV funds earned
is equal to the percentage of the semester completed. The
university is required to return the unearned portion to the
U.S. Department of Education. If a student earned less aid
than was disbursed, the institution is required to return a
portion of the funds and the student is then required to
return a portion of the funds. When Title IV funds are
returned, the student borrower may owe a balance to the
institution. The institution must return the amount of the
Title IV funds for which it is responsible no later than 30
days after the date of the determination of the date of the
student’s withdrawal.
The percentage of payment period or term completed
up to the withdrawal date is determined by dividing the
total number of days enrolled by the total days in the
standard payment period or term. (Any break of five days
or more is not counted as part of the days in the term.) This
percentage is also the percentage of earned aid. Funds are
returned to the appropriate federal program based on the
percentage of unearned aid using the following formula:
aid to be returned = (100 percent of the aid that could be

17

disbursed minus the percentage of earned aid) multiplied
by the total amount of aid that could have been disbursed
during the payment period of the term.
Returns are allocated in the following order:
• Unsubsidized Direct Student Loans
• Direct GradPLUS Loans
If a student withdraws after completing more than 60
percent of the semester, the percentage of Title IV funds
earned is 100, and neither the student nor the school return
any funds to USDE.
If a student earns more aid than was disbursed to him/
her, the institution owes the student a post-withdrawal
disbursement which must be paid within 120 days of the
student’s withdrawal.
Please note: The university refund policy for tuition and fees
is very different from the Federal Title IV regulations for
returning financial aid. For example: If a student withdraws
after the end of the university refund period, the student will
be charged for 100 percent of his/her tuition and fees. If the
student withdraws before completing more than 60 percent
of the semester, the university is required to return a portion
of his/her Title IV funds. In most cases, the student will owe
the university for the Title IV funds returned. If not repaid to
the university, the student will not be able to return in future
semesters or receive official transcripts.

Scholarships for Graduate Students
GENERAL

Clarion University Alumni Association Ross Rankin
& Family Graduate Scholarships: Graduate students must
be currently enrolled in one of Clarion University’s graduate
programs and must have completed nine graduate credit hours by
the time of the application. Students must be in good academic
standing, with at least a 3.5 GPA in their program. Part-time
students must be enrolled for at least six credits during the
semester the funds will be used. Applications are available online.

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND
INFORMATION SCIENCES

S&T Bank Endowed Scholarship: Established by S&T
Bank for graduate students enrolled in the MBA Program offered
by the College of Business Administration. Candidates must
have attained a minimum college or university GPA of 3.5 and/or
attained a score of 550 on the Graduate Management Admission
Test (GMAT). First preference is given to Pennsylvania residents.
For information, contact the College of Business Administration
and Information Sciences Graduate Office at 814-393-2605.
Master of Science in Accounting Scholarship: To recruit
and retain promising Clarion accounting students to obtain a
Master of Science in Accounting with a goal of becoming a CPA.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION AND LIBRARY SCIENCE

Information on Library Science scholarships can be obtained by
contacting the department office at 814-393-2271.
Ahmad F.M. Gamaluddin Scholarship in Library
Science: Established in memory of Dr. Ahmad Gamaluddin, a
noted educator, librarian, scholar, and kind mentor who served
on Clarion University’s library science faculty for 30 years.
The award is available to all qualified graduate students, both

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

18

CLARION UNIVERSITY

full- and part-time, who have demonstrable serious interest
in international/multicultural librarianship. Selection criteria
includes enrollment in the MSLS program for full- or parttime study; completion of at least nine graduate credit hours
with a cumulative GPA of 3.5, and a written essay explaining
applicant’s understanding and commitment to international
and/or multicultural librarianship and how the award will help
achieve a career that will focus on either. Selection is made by the
department scholarship committee and payment is administered
by the university’s student accounts office.

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

Charles R. Flack Scholarship in Library Science:
Established in memory of Charles R. Flack, former head of
the Department of Library Science at Clarion. Offered to a
sophomore or junior enrolled in the Bachelor of Science in
Education degree at Clarion or in the Master of Science in Library
Science degree program for full-time continuous study. Further
criteria include evidence of professional potential in librarianship
based upon earned grades and a written statement of personal
and professional goals as well as significant contributions to the
purposes and activities of the Department of Library Science.
Preference shall be given to a physically challenged student who
meets the above criteria.
Elizabeth A. Rupert Graduate Scholarship in Library
Science: Established in honor of Dr. Elizabeth A. Rupert, an
alumna of Clarion (’59) who also served as dean of the College
of Library Science from 1971 until her retirement. The purpose
of the scholarship is to give personal encouragement and financial
support to a promising graduate student seeking a career in
librarianship by completing the Master of Science in Library
Science degree at Clarion.
H.W. Wilson Scholarship (Graduate Students): Awards
are made every five years to graduate students majoring in
library science. Recipients are chosen on the basis of academic
excellence and financial need. Selection is made by the
departmental scholarship committee, and payment is made by
the H.W. Wilson Foundation through the Clarion University
Foundation, Inc..

COLLEGE OF ARTS, EDUCATION AND SCIENCES
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

Earl R. Siler Memorial Scholarship: Established in
memory of Dr. Earl Siler to recognize graduate or undergraduate
students in the area of early childhood in their professional
development activities. Contact the chair of the Education
Department at 814-393-2404.

COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
COMMUNICATION SCIENCES AND DISORDERS (CSD)
DEPARTMENT

Marian Renn Marshall Graduate Fellowship (Graduate
Students): Established through the Clarion University
Foundation, Inc. in memory of Marian Renn Marshall. The
award offers assistance to graduate students admitted to the
speech language pathology graduate program. Selection is made
by the CSD Department on the basis of academic record. For
information, contact the CSD Department at 814-393-2581.

DEPARTMENT OF NURSING

Elizabeth M. McCord Scholarship: Established by the
McCord family in honor of Mrs. McCord and her service to the
university’s Health Center. First preference is given to full-time

graduate students in the M.S.N. program. Second preference is
to students with six or more graduate credits each semester. The
basis for selection is the student’s academic record; financial
need is considered secondarily. For further information, contact
the Nursing Department at 814-393-1252.

Graduate Student Support Services
Graduate Assistantships
Each year a limited number of graduate assistantships
are awarded to individuals with regular full-admission
status to a graduate program. Graduate assistants
work no more than 18.75 hours a week in assignments
related to academic programs or university-wide service.
They are paid an hourly stipend. There are no summer
assistantships.
There also are a limited number of Frederick Douglass
Assistantships, offered to graduates of Historically Black
Colleges and Universities (HBCU). All candidates for
these assistantships must meet full admission requirements
to a Clarion University graduate program and be a graduate
of an HBCU. All general assistantship policies apply to
the HBCU positions.
Recipients of a graduate assistantship must take at least
six graduate credits a semester, perform assigned duties
in a satisfactory manner, and remain in good academic
standing. There is an approved evaluation process and
instrument for each graduate assistantship position that
is utilized annually. Graduate assistants are evaluated on
their performance in a specific position.
Students wishing to apply for a graduate assistantship
should do so on the JobX link online in order to look for
graduate level jobs.

University Libraries
Terry S. Latour, Ph.D., Dean of University Libraries

125 Carlson Library Building
Telephone: 814-393-2343
E-mail address: tlatour@clarion.edu
Website: www.clarion.edu/libraries
Suhr Library, Venango Campus: 814-393-1242
Department Faculty: M. Buchanan, C. Glotfelty, P. Johner,
B. Martin, R. Newbury, T. Otto

Carlson Library on the Clarion campus and Suhr Library
on the Venango campus have combined collections of more
than 1.7 million items in various formats, including books,

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

Health Services
Student Health Services, accredited by the Accreditation
Association for Ambulatory Health Care (AAAHC),
provides health services and wellness promotion to
the students of Clarion University. Health Services is
located at 256 Becht Hall. A highly credentialed staff,
including contracted physicians, certified registered nurse
practitioners and registered nurses certified in college
health, provide specialized student health services.
Operating hours are 8:30 a.m.-11:45 a.m. and 12:45
p.m.-4:45 p.m., Monday through Friday. After-hours
and emergency services are available from a variety of
community providers.
Care provided by Health Services is similar to that
provided in a physician’s office. Specific services include:
physical examinations, immunizations, allergy injections,
medications and prescriptions, pregnancy testing, treatment
of acute and chronic illnesses and injuries and referral to
appropriate community resources. Proper immunization is
highly recommended prior to university entrance.
A $5 fee is assessed for each visit. In addition, there

may be charges for medications or procedures associated
with the visit. Students are strongly encouraged to contact
their primary insurance carrier to determine the conditions
and limitations, if any, on medical treatment away from
home. Health Services does not bill insurances for visits,
procedures, or medications. All expenses incurred at the
health center are applied to the student’s account. Charges
for laboratory, X-ray, and inpatient or outpatient services
at other facilities are the responsibility of the student.
Health Insurance
University policy requires students have medical
insurance coverage to be eligible for participation in
university-sanctioned, sponsored and /or approved
activities, including intercollegiate sports. The assumption
is that students participating in such activities are covered
by medical insurance and proof of coverage can be
produced upon the University’s request.
Housing
Limited housing for graduate students may be available
in any of our University Housing, which includes two types
of Residence Life Suites or Reinhard Villages apartments.
For information, interested students should contact the
Office of Residence Life Services, 218 Becht Hall, by
telephone 814-393-2352, or Email reslife@clarion.edu.
Any arrangement for housing in the community
is a business relationship between a student and the
householder. Residence Life Services maintains a limited
listing of available housing in the community, but the
university does not approve or make recommendations
related to private off-campus housing accommodations.
O ff - c a m p u s h o u s i n g l i s t c a n b e f o u n d a t
www.clarion.edu/placestolive
Clarion University Store
Laura Loeb, Manager
Suites on Main South
Telephone: 814-393-2696
Email: lloeb@clarion.edu
Website: www.bkstr.com/clarionstore

Whether you need textbooks and course materials,
school supplies, computers and accessories, or apparel
to show your Golden Eagle pride, the Clarion University
Store has you covered. The Clarion University Store, a part
of the Follett Higher Education Group, is located in the
Suites on Main South next door to Starbucks. Visit their
website to learn more about their textbook rental program,
the price match guarantee, and the availability of digital
course materials.
Parking and Automobile Regulations
All provisions of the Vehicle Code of the Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania as supplemented by parking regulations
issued by the chancellor, State System of Higher
Education, and Clarion University, will be strictly enforced

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

e-books, microforms, journals, e-journals, media, streaming
video, and informational research databases. Interlibrary
loan services are available to access additional resources
from other libraries.
The libraries are committed to providing excellent
service to all users whether on campus or online. Qualified
library faculty and staff are available in the libraries’ public
service areas and via phone, chat, and email to assist users
in locating information, satisfying research needs, and
effectively using instructional technologies. Library faculty
also provide instruction on information literacy for lifelong
learning as well as on general library use, research resources,
and strategies for discipline-specific research.
The libraries’ Webpage (www.clarion.edu/libraries)
provides a gateway to scholarly resources that provide fulltext access to thousands of academic journals, e-books, and
streaming video to all Clarion University learners.
Carlson Library on the Clarion Campus is a learning
commons with spaces for quiet study and group
collaboration. Extensive connectivity to the campus
network and the Internet is provided through buildingwide wireless and standard data networks. There are
three computer laboratories with PCs, Macs, and printers
available for student use. Laptop computers and iPads are
available for loan. The Carlson Library building is home to
the university’s Center for Academic Excellence as well as
the University Art Gallery. The Department of Information
and Library Science has its offices in the facility.
Suhr Library on the Venango campus provides an
inviting research and study environment. It is a wireless zone
containing a computer lab and provides laptop computers
and iPads for both library and off-site use. Suhr Library
houses the Barbara Morgan Harvey Center for the Study
of Oil Heritage, which sponsors a range of activities and
contains primary source information on the region.

19

20

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Graduate Study at
Clarion University

on the Clarion University Campus. Authority for such
enforcement rests with the director of public safety.
Vehicles may be immobilized for unpaid tickets.
Students who park a vehicle on university property in
an area requiring a permit must register with the Department
of Public Safety. A valid university parking permit must
be hung down from the inside rear-view mirror and
clearly be visible from the front and rear of the vehicle
when the vehicle is parked in a lot requiring a permit.
The enforcement of parking permit regulations for
employee lots, commuter lots, and metered parking shall
be from 8 a.m. until 4:30 p.m., prevailing time, Monday
through Friday, unless otherwise designated. For more
information on parking, visit the parking Website at www.
clarion.edu/parking.
Center for Career and Professional
Development
419 Becht Hall
Telephone: 814-393-2323
Email address: careers@clarion.edu

Students are encouraged to visit the Center for Career
and Professional Development in person or virtually to
complete our CU Professional programs:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Career exploration and planning
Gaining experience and skills
Job search preparation
Live and virtual career fairs
Campus, part-time, seasonal and full-time
employment
Transition from student to professional
Graduate and pre-professional application
information
Alumni Mentoring
Financial Responsibility
Social Media

We use an online career management system to help
you manage your career action plan and we offer assistance
to Clarion alumni. Connect with us in person or through
email, SKYPE, Twitter or Facebook, or another social
media.
The center serves all Clarion University students
and alumni. Our approach is to inform and empower;
linking you with resources and opportunities, so you can
develop and achieve your career goals. We collaborate
with academic departments, student organizations,
university offices, alumni and employers to provide you the
knowledge, skills, and experiences required to successfully
transition to employment or further education.

Student Conduct and Community
Development
The Office of Student Conduct and Community
Development, formerly the Office of Judicial Affairs,
promotes responsible citizenship by protecting student
rights and maintaining the principles outlined in the
Student Code of Conduct and Community Standards.
The office administers campus disciplinary procedures,
seeks to maintain a positive living and learning
environment and encourages the building of a respectful
and inclusive community.
The office also serves as a resource to the university
community regarding conflict management and resolution
by providing services that promote the development of
critical life skills. A mediation service is available to assist
students in resolving interpersonal conflict.
Clarion University applies a notification of student
disciplinary expulsions and suspensions on academic
transcripts. This notification will be viewed on official,
unofficial and electronic transcripts.

21

Accounting

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE

ACCOUNTING (MAcc)
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION AND
INFORMATION SCIENCES
Department of Business
Administration
302 Still Hall
Telephone: 814-393-2605
Email – macc@clarion.edu
www.clarion.edu/actg
Graduate Faculty: J. Annadatha, K. Danvers, O. Kaymaz,
T. Johns, F. Shepard

COBAIS Mission
The College of Business Administration and
Information Science’s (COBAIS) business program
prepares the next generation of ethical business leaders
and professionals for success in the dynamic, complex
global environment through challenging academic
programs where the application of theory leads to practice.
In both on campus and online settings, the purpose of
this education is to meet the needs of business, industry,
society and government for skilled and knowledgeable
employees.

22

Program Objectives
Clarion University’s M.S. in Accounting (MAcc)
degree prepares students for careers in corporate and
public accounting as well as satisfying the education
requirements to sit for the CPA exam in almost any state.
The program provides students with essential
accounting and financial analysis skills. Graduates
are well-versed in major aspects of public accounting,
concentrating on taxation and auditing.
Employment opportunities include the “big four” and
other CPA firms as well as industry, government, and notfor-profit organizations.
The program is offered completely online and can be
completed in as little as one year (full-time) or up to six
years. It is designed for candidates with undergraduate
degrees not only in business administration but also in
other disciplines.
Admission Requirements
Graduate admission requirements apply with the
following additions:
• Applicants for full admission must have earned
an overall GPA for the baccalaureate degree of
at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale.
• Resume

Accounting

Degree Requirements
To fulfill the degree requirements for graduation,
students must complete 30 graduate credits of required
coursework, with a GPA of 3.0 or better on a 4.0 scale.
Passing grade is “C” or above. A maximum of nine
graduate credit hours toward the 30 required credits may
be transferred from accredited graduate programs with
the pre-approval of the program coordinator and the
department chairperson of the course from which transfer
credit is sought.

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Course Requirements
A. Pre-Requisite Courses
Pre-requisite coursework may be completed at
Clarion University or other approved institutions
at either the undergraduate or graduate level and
is not subject to the nine-credit transfer limit, but
requires pre-approval. Following are the Clarion
University courses that meet the pre-requisite
requirement:
ACTG 251/500: Financial Accounting
ACTG 252/501: Managerial Accounting
ACTG 350/502: Intermediate Accounting
ACTG 353/505: Federal Taxation
ACTG 364/506: Auditing

B. Core Courses
The M.S. in Accounting Core courses are:
LEGL 540:

ACTG 552:
ACTG 564:
MGMT 626:
ACTG 650
ACTG 653:
ACTG 663:
ACTG 690:
DA 510:
DA 520:

Legal Environment & Ethical
Conduct in Business
Management Accounting
Advanced Auditing
Operations Management &
Information Systems
Theory of Accounts
Federal Tax Research
Business Taxation
Public Accounting
Database Management Systems
Data Warehousing

Performance Requirements
Students who earn more than six hours of graduate
credit at Clarion University with a grade of “C” or earn
any credits with grades below “C” and/or fall below
a 3.00/4.00 graduate overall grade-point average are
automatically placed on probation. Any credits earned
with grades below “C” cannot be used to meet degree or
pre-requisite requirements.
Advisement
All graduate students are assigned an advisor upon
admission. Before registering for classes, students should
contact their advisor. Students must obtain the signature
of their advisor on any special requests.

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

23

MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION AND
INFORMATION SCIENCES
Department of Computer
Information Science
Dr. Jeffrey Childs, Chair
130 Becker Hall
Telephone: 814-393-2442
Email:jchilds@clarion.edu or bigdata@clarion.edu
www.clarion.edu/cis
Graduate Faculty: A. Alawami, J. Annadatha, J. Childs,
S. Kim, J. ODonnell, B. Packard, J. Strausser

COBAIS Mission
The College of Business Administration and
Information Science’s (COBAIS) business program
prepares the next generation of ethical business leaders
and professionals for success in the dynamic, complex
global environment through challenging academic
programs where the application of theory leads to practice.
In both on campus and online settings, the purpose of

this education is to meet the needs of business, industry,
society and government for skilled and knowledgeable
employees.
Program Objectives
It is no secret that the amount of data in our world has
been exploding. Companies are producing transactional
data; consumers are generating shopping data; social
media sites are generating sentiment data; cell phones are
generating location data; and devices such as automobiles
are generating sensory and operating data. Big data
is expected to rapidly become a key determinant of
competition across all sectors of the economy and there
will be a continuing severe shortage of analytics talent.
This program is geared towards working professionals
or busy adults with domain knowledge in any undergraduate
field. Students will take one on-line course at a time in a
fairly rigid prerequisite structure to accumulate and apply
the necessary skills. Course lengths will vary from three to
fifteen weeks and will be sequenced to allow the program
to be completed in less than two years.
The program integrates computer and information
science, statistics, and data-based business management

Applied Data Analytice

APPLIED DATA ANALYTICS

24

principles to inform data driven decision making. It is an
applied, technology intensive program focused on handson learning of the tools and techniques of data analytics.
The curriculum emphasizes technical proficiency and
applied practical experience and provides students with
skills in database processing, data warehousing, data
mining, and data visualization to solve Big Data problems.
Admission Requirements
Graduate Programs admission requirements apply with
the following additions:
• Applicants for full admission must have earned
an overall GPA for the baccalaureate degree of
at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale.
• All applicants must have full administrator
access to a computer with reliable Internet
capability.
• All applicants should have sufficient end-user
computer skills for installing software, finding
files, and using office productivity software
including word processing and spreadsheet
software. If not, a course such as CIS 217 should
be completed before taking the core courses in
the program.
• All applicants should have completed an
undergraduate statistics course. If not, a course
such as ECON 221 should be completed before
taking any of the Data Analytics (DA) courses
in the program.
• All applicants should have completed an
undergraduate computer programming course.
If not, a course such as DA 202 should be
completed before taking any of the core courses
in the program.

Applied Data Analytice

Degree Requirements
To fulfill the degree requirements for graduation,
students must complete 30 semester hours, including
required courses, with a GPA of 3.0 or better on a 4.0
scale. Passing grade is “C” or above.
Transfer Credits
A maximum of nine semester hours of graduate course
work may be transferred toward the degree. These hours
must come from an accredited institution and be at the
graduate level and must have a grade of “B” or better.
All transfer courses must be pre-approved by the program
coordinator and the CIS Department chair. With only three
elective credits in this program, it is unusual to transfer in
more than three credits.

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Requirements for Graduation
Course requirements for the MS in Applied Data
Analytics degree are composed of foundation courses,
core courses, and an elective course. A total of 30 graduate
credits are required for the completion of the degree:
• eight 3-credit core courses (excluding foundation
courses) and
• two 3-credit elective courses.
The following courses are required of all students
graduating with a Master of Science in Applied Data
Analytics degree.
DA 510: Database Management Systems......................3 s.h.
DA 520: Data Warehousing...........................................3 s.h.
DA 530: Analytical Methods........................................3 s.h.
DA 540: Applied Data Mining........................................3 s.h.
DA 555: Applied Predictive modeling Analytics.......3 s.h.
DA 560: Data Visualization.......................................... 3 s.h.
DA 570: Big Data Analytics......................................... 3 s.h.
DA 580: Analytics Capstone........................................ 3 s.h.
Electives......................................................................... 6 s.h.
Total..............................................................................30 s.h.

In addition to the core courses, all students will
complete the balance of 30 credits of graduate course work
from the following courses, subject to the offering of those
courses. Graduate-level courses, other than those listed,
may be used as elective credit toward the degree only with
prior approval of the data analytics program coordinator,
the CIS Department chair, and the dean of the college.
• CIS 535, CIS 570, DA 512, DA 590, DA 591
A maximum of three hours of approved 400-level
coursework, taken for graduate credit, may be used
as elective credits. Please note that a 400-level course
previously taken for undergraduate credit may not be
repeated for graduate credit.
Advisement
Students are assigned an advisor upon entering the
program and may change advisors as they develop their
area of interest if so inclined. It is the student’s responsibility to make arrangements to meet with their advisor.

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

25

MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE

ATHLETIC TRAINING

MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE
ATHLETIC TRAINING

Department of Nutrition, Health and Sport Science
231 Ralston Hall
Telephone: 814-393-2456
Email: rpatterson@clarion.edu
www.clarion.edu/nhss

Graduate Faculty: R. Patterson, K. Curreri, J. Thornton,
M. Chesterfield

Program Objectives
The mission of the Clarion University Master of
Science in Athletic Training Program is to provide a quality
academic experience that includes innovative studentcentered opportunities and authentic clinical education
in order to prepare students as autonomous healthcare
practitioners, scholars, and lifelong learnersCollaborate
with health care professionals from multiple
disciplines to provide appropriate patient care.
• Demonstrate preparedness to transition to autonomous
clinical practice by providing athletic training students
with authentic real-time patient interactions.
• Incorporate patient outcomes and best available evidence
to serve a diverse population in a wide variety of
employment settings.

To prepare students to successfully integrate evidencebased practice in their ability to critically think and
apply clinical skills and decision making in their role as
healthcare providers.
• Demonstrate proficiency in developing and answering a
focused clinical question.
• Demonstrate competency in searching, examining and
critically assessing the efficacy of current literature for
relevant evidence associated with means of clinical
diagnosis, rehabilitation, therapeutic interventions and
reconditioning programs.
• Incorporate available evidence into the design and
implementation of rehabilitation programs to meet the
client/patient needs and goals according to their level of
performance and function.
Understand and promote professional responsibilities and
avenues of professional development to support athletic
training as a health care profession through professional
and community involvement
• Engage in professional development and networking
through interaction and attendance at professional
meetings and educational opportunities.
• Participate in opportunities that promote lifelong
learning, professional development and serve to benefit
the community at large without regard to personal gain.

Business Administration

Rich Patterson, DAT, LAT, ATC - Program Director

26

Master Of Science Degree
Athletic Training

The Master of Science in Athletic Training (MSAT)
at Clarion University is a full-time, two-year, entry-level,
professional practice program that includes 58-credits
across 4 semesters. After two years of classroom and
clinical education, graduates will be able to sit for the
Board of Certification examination to become a certified
athletic trainer.
Students will develop knowledge of evidence-based
clinical practice concepts provided within academic and
clinical education opportunities to prepare graduates for
a dynamic career in a constantly evolving health care
environment. The MSAT emphasizes interdisciplinary/
cross-curriculum opportunities to collaborate with
professionals on campus and throughout the community.
These opportunities provide students with the ability
to receive diverse perspectives in conjunction with
personalized engaged learning through clinical and
classroom/laboratory didactic instruction and the
development of foundational behaviors of professional
practice in a variety of settings that assist students in their
evolution as advocates for competent health care.
Admission Requirements
To be considered for admission to the MSAT, the
applicant must complete the following:

Business Administration

1. Clarion University graduate online application
2. Submit official transcripts for all previously attended
institutions
3. Preferred minimum GPA of 3.0 (out of 4.0)
4. Completion of the following courses (or their
equivalents) with grades of C or better:
• Biology
- Two semesters of anatomy and physiology with labs
• Chemistry
• Physics
• Exercise physiology
• Nutrition
• Biomechanics or Kinesiology
• General psychology
• Statistics
5. Complete a successful interview with Clarion’s athletic
training faculty (invitation only)
6. Two electronic references (one must be from an athletic
trainer or healthcare provider who provided clinical
supervision within the past two years)
7. Resume
8. Evidence of 40 hours of clinical observation
9. Students who do not consider English to be their primary
language are required to submit official TOEFL iBT
scores or IELTS score completed in the last 2 years.
Minimum scores (TOEFL internet: 79, IELTS 6.5 or
higher).

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Prerequisite coursework
• Biology
• Two semesters of anatomy and physiology with labs
• Chemistry
• Physics
• Exercise physiology
• Nutrition
• Biomechanics or Kinesiology
• General psychology
• Statistics
Curriculum Overview and Degree
Requirements
Athletic Training, Core Courses (44 Credits)

ATTR 525 Applied Anatomy for Athletic Training 2
ATTR 528 Foundational skills in AT & Lab 3
ATTR 530 Advanced Movement Dysfunction & Corrective
Exercise 2
ATTR 531 Principles of Orthopedic Assessment 2
ATTR 549 Therapeutic Interventions 2
ATTR 560 Evidence Based Assessment and Treatment of the
Knee 2
ATTR 562 Evidence Based Assessment and Treatment of the
Foot & Ankle 2
ATTR 564 Evidence Based Assessment and Treatment of the
Shoulder 2
ATTR 566 Evidence Based Assessment and Treatment of the
Head & Thorax 2
ATTR 568 Evidence Based Assessment and Treatment of the
Spine and Sacrum 2
ATTR 570 Evidence Based Assessment and Treatment of the
Hip & Pelvis 2
ATTR 572 Evidence Based Assessment and Treatment of The
Elbow, Wrist & Hand 2
ATTR 621 Current Topics in Athletic Training 2
ATTR 667 Psychosocial Intervention in Athletic Training 3
ATTR 675 Diagnosis & Disposition of Illness in the
Physically Active 3
ATTR 680 Research & Evidence Based Practice in Sports
Medicine 3
ATTR 685 Pharmacology & Supplements in Sport 3
ATTR 690 Athletic Training Professional Development &
Leadership 2
ATTR 698 Capstone in Athletic Training 3

Athletic Training Clinical Practice (14 credits)
ATTR 510 Practicum I 2
ATTR 511 Practicum II 2
ATTR 512 Practicum III 2
ATTR 695 Clinical Field Experience 1 4
ATTR 696 Clinical Field Experience 2 4
Total MS Athletic Training Credits = 58

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

27

Tentative Course Sequence:
Summer Year 1 (2nd 7-weeks
ATTR 525 Applied Anatomy for Athletic Training............... 2
ATTR 528 Foundational skills in AT & Lab .......................... 3
ATTR 531 Principles of Orthopedic Assessment ................... 2
Total 7
Fall Year 1 (1st 7-weeks)
ATTR 549 Therapeutic Interventions .................................... 2
ATTR 560 Evidence Based Assessment and Treatment
of the Knee ................................................................. 2
ATTR 510 Practicum I........................................................... 2
(2nd 7-weeks)
ATTR 562 Evidence Based Assessment and Treatment of the
Foot & Ankle ............................................................. 2
ATTR 564 Evidence Based Assessment and Treatment of the
Shoulder..................................................................... 2
ATTR 511 Practicum II .......................................................... 2
Total 12
Spring Year 1 (1st 7-weeks)
ATTR 530 Advanced Movement Dysfunction & Corrective
Exercise ...................................................................... 2
ATTR 566 Evidence Based Assessment and Treatment of the
Head & Thorax .......................................................... 2
ATTR 568 Evidence Based Assessment and Treatment of the
Spine and Sacrum ...................................................... 2
(2nd 7-weeks)
ATTR 570 Evidence Based Assessment and Treatment of the
Hip & Pelvis ............................................................... 2
ATTR 572 Evidence Based Assessment and Treatment of The
Elbow, Wrist & Hand................................................. 2
ATTR 512 Practicum III ........................................................ 2
Total 12
Summer Year 2 (2nd 7-weeks)
ATTR 621 Current Topics in Athletic Training ..................... 2
ATTR 675 Diagnosis & Disposition of Illness in the
Physically Active ....................................................... 3
ATTR 690 Athletic Training Professional Development &
Leadership .................................................................. 2
Total 7
Fall Year 2
ATTR 680 Research & Evidence Based Practice in Sports
Medicine.................................................................... 3
ATTR 685 Pharmacology & Supplements in Sport ............... 3
ATTR 695 Clinical Field Experience 1 .................................. 4
Total 10

Business Administration

Spring Year 2
ATTR 667 Psychosocial Intervention in Athletic Training.... 3
ATTR 698 Capstone in Athletic Training .............................. 3
ATTR 696 Clinical Field Experience 2 .................................. 4
Total 10

28

CLARION UNIVERSITY

MASTER OF
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
DEGREE

Graduate Faculty: K. Danvers, J. Eicher, J. Heavilin,
T. Johns, M. Olivas-Luján, R. Raehsler,F. Shepard, S. Trejos,
P. Woodburne, O. Kaymaz, N. Singh, C. Smith

Business Administration

COBAIS Mission
The College of Business Administration and
Information Science’s (COBAIS) business program
prepares the next generation of ethical business leaders
and professionals for success in the dynamic, complex
global environment through challenging academic
programs where the application of theory leads to practice.
In both on campus and online settings, the purpose of
this education is to meet the needs of business, industry,
society and government for skilled and knowledgeable
employees.

Master of Business Administration
302 Still Hall
Telephone: 814-393-2605
Email: mba@clarion.edu
www.clarion.edu/mba

Program Objectives
The major objective is to provide a basic core of
knowledge about various theories, techniques, and
practices relating to business administration and problem
solving. Specific objectives are to prepare candidates for:
• positions in middle management with private and
public organizations;
• teaching positions in community colleges;
• enrollment in doctoral programs in business
administration.
The program is designed for candidates with
undergraduate degrees not only in business administration
but also in other disciplines. Our 100 percent online
program is ideal for employed, part-time students and
full-time students.
The College of Business Administration at Clarion
University is accredited by AACSB International—The
Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business.
Admission Requirements
Graduate Programs admission requirements apply with
the following additions:
• Students with a 3.0 or higher undergraduate GPA
are exempt from the GMAT/GRE requirement.
• The MBA program, on a case by case basis, will
consider a student for a GMAT/GRE waiver. In
general, the criteria are:

Business Administration

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION AND
INFORMATION SCIENCES

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

29

1. Strong GPA and distribution of strong grades
in classes showing promise for success in
graduate business studies shown by all university
transcripts (and WES or ECCE translations for
International Students). Unofficial copies are
acceptable for this purpose.
2. Minimum of five years of post-baccalaureate
professional level work experience. Please note
that “professional” is defined as requiring a
bachelor’s degree in hand to obtain the job shown
on the resume with dates of employment and job
description.

Degree Requirements
Course requirements for the M.B.A. degree are
composed of foundation courses or demonstrated
competencies, M.B.A. core courses, and elective courses.
A total of 30 graduate credits is required for the completion
of the degree.
A maximum of nine graduate credit hours toward
the 30 credits required for the M.B.A. degree may be
transferred from accredited graduate programs with the
pre-approval of the M.B.A. program coordinator and the
department chairperson of the course from which transfer
credit is sought.
Course Requirements for the General M.B.A.
Degree
A. Foundation Courses
.Incoming students with a Bachelor’s degree in a
business field will be exempt from foundation courses.
All other students must demonstrate undergraduate
knowledge and skill in the following content areas:
Financial Accounting, Finance, Economics, Statistics,
and Excel. There are two approved methods to obtain
foundational knowledge and skills:
1. Complete foundational coursework at Clarion
or other approved institutions at either the
undergraduate or the graduate level. If completing
the foundation courses at an institution other
than Clarion, pre-approval of the courses by the
MBA Coordinator is required. The following
are the foundation courses at Clarion (with the
graduate course equivalents) that meet foundation
requirements for the M.B.A. degree:

Micro/Macro Economics
Financial Accounting
Economic Business Statistics I
Financial Management

Clarion Course
(or equivalent)
ECON 211 & 212
(501 and 502)
ACTG 251
(ACTG 500)
ECON 221/504 or
MATH 221
FIN 370 (FIN 500)

2. Demonstrate competency through a series of
non-credit, self-paced, graded courses in the
undergraduate knowledge and skill categories. This
should be coordinated through the M.B.A. Program
Office to ensure that the courses taken will meet the
requirement.
B. M.B.A. Core Courses
.M.B.A. Core Courses are designed to complete the
“Undergraduate and Master’s Level Knowledge
and Skill Areas” requirements for each student. The
M.B.A. Core courses are:
Knowledge and Skill Area
1. Leadership and Organization
2. Quantitative Analysis for
Business
3. Managerial Accounting
4. Legal / Ethical Environment
5. Advanced Managerial Economics
6. Managerial Finance
7. Marketing Decision Making
8. Global Operations Management
and Information Systems
9. Strategic Management/
Business Policy1

1

Course ID SCH
MGMT 521 3.0
BSAD 503
ACTG 552
LEGL 541
ECON 510
FIN 570
MKTG 560

3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
3.0
3.0

MGMT 626 3.0
BSAD 690

3.0

To be taken during the final semester of study.

C. M.B.A. Elective Courses
.In addition to the core courses, all students will
complete the balance of 30 credits of graduate
course work from the following courses, subject to
the offering of those courses. Graduate-level courses,
other than those listed, may be used as elective credit
toward the M.B.A. degree only with prior approval of
the M.B.A. program coordinator and the dean of the
college.

ACTG 451G, 453G, 454G, 461G, 490G, 499G, 564, 650,
653, 663, 690
CIS 402G, 403G, 462G
BSAD 574, 637, 699
ECON 461G, 470G, 490G, 570, 600, 611, 612, 615,
660, 699
FIN 463G, 479G, 476G, 480G, 580, 660, 672, 678, 679
MGMT 522, 555, 620, 621, 622, 623, 625, 627, 628, 650,
675, 680, 683, 685, 686
MKTG 462G, 468G, 562, 604, 661, 673, 691, 699

A maximum of three hours of approved 400‑G level
courses, taken for graduate credit, may be used as
elective credits. Please note that a 400-level course
previously taken for undergraduate credit may not be
repeated for graduate credit.

Business Administration

Program Options
The College of Business Administration offers a
full-time and a part-time online M.B.A. program option.
Please visit www.clarion.edu/mba for more information
regarding these program options, including admissions
criteria and program features.

Knowledge and Skill Area

30

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Course Requirements for the M.B.A. Degree
with a Concentration Area
Students electing to complete a concentration within
the M.B.A. program are required to complete all of the
Foundation and Core requirements within the General
M.B.A. Additional coursework will be expected as
follows:
A. Accounting Concentration (9 additional credit hours)
students must complete three courses from the
following: ACTG 564, ACTG 565, ACTG 650, ACTG
653, ACTG 654, ACTG 661, ACTG 663, ACTG 680,
ACTG 690
B. Finance Concentration (9 additional credit hours)
FIN 660: Investment....................................................3.0
FIN 678: Financial Modeling.....................................3.0
FIN 679: Financial Problems......................................3.0

C. Healthcare Concentration
(9 additional credit hours)

FIN 672: Healthcare Finance....................................3.0
MGMT 632: Healthcare Management Systems.......3.0
BSAD 574: Legal & Ethical Issues of
Healthcare.............................................3.0

Additional Requirements
for the M.B.A. Degree
Performance Requirements
Students who earn more than six hours of graduate
credit at Clarion with a grade of “C” or earn any
credits with grades below “C” and/or fall below a
3.00/4.00 graduate overall grade‑point average (GPA)
are automatically placed on probation. Students placed
on probation must achieve satisfactory academic standing
within one semester of registration or be removed from
the program. Any credits earned with grades below “C”
cannot be used to meet M.B.A. degree or foundation
requirements. Foundation courses taken at the graduate
level are included in an overall GPA, but are not included
in the calculation of the GPA for the MBA degree. All
prerequisite courses for a given course must be met before
taking that course. BSAD 690 must be taken during the
last semester of graduate course work. The maximum time
for completion of the degree program is six calendar years
from the date of the first graduate enrollment.

Professional Accountancy Preparation
Students who desire to become Certified Public
Accountants (CPAs), may fulfill Pennsylvania’s 150-credit
-hour requirement for CPA licensure through an
undergraduate degree in accounting (120 credits), along
with the Clarion M.B.A. degree (30 credits). An integrated
BS-Accounting/MBA program of study can be completed
in five years and provides a total of 150 semester hours of
coursework. Along with 36 hours in accounting subjects
(i.e., accounting, auditing, business law, finance, and tax),
the student may fulfill the educational requirement for
CPA licensure under the Pennsylvania CPA law.
Bachelor’s to M.B.A. Option
The College of Business Administration offers a
Bachelor’s to M.B.A. Option. Undergraduate foundation
course requirements in business administration may be
taken concurrently with any major, giving students many
of the courses prerequisite to the M.B.A. Program before
graduation. Undergraduates interested in this program
should contact their advisor or the M.B.A. office for details
and requirements.
Students wishing to pursue the Professional
Accountancy or the Bachelor’s to M.B.A. options
must follow the normal M.B.A. admission procedures.
Admission to one of these options does not guarantee
admission to, or completion of, the M.B.A. degree.
Advisement
All graduate students are assigned an advisor upon
admission. Before registering for classes, students
should meet with their advisor. Students must obtain
the signature of their advisor on any special requests for
course substitution, individualized instruction, internship,
or special problems courses.

Business Administration

31

Clinical Mental Health
Counseling

Clinical Mental Health
Counseling

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

ONLINE
MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE

CLINICAL MENTAL
HEALTH COUNSELING

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION,
HEALTH AND HUMAN
SERVICES
Department of Counseling, Human
Services, Rehabilitation
& Criminal Justice
Mark Lepore, Ed.D., LPC, LCSW, Coordinator
114 Stevens Hall
Telephone: 814-393-2474
Email: mlepore@clarion.edu
www.clarion.edu/chsrcj
Graduate Faculty: M. Kilwein, M. Lepore, J. May

Program Objectives
The Master of Science in Clinical Mental Health
Counseling (CMHC) provides opportunities that:
· Program graduates will demonstrate the
comprehensive knowledge of the counseling field
necessary to serve as a qualified clinical mental
health counselor;
· Program graduates will reflect a commitment to
culturally informed counseling practice and social
justice; and
· Program graduates will utilize research to inform
their clinical practice and establish a strong
connection to the profession.
Courses are designed to meet requirements for a
Licensed Professional Counselor (LPC) in Pennsylvania
and the department intends to seek relevant accreditation(s)
for this clinical mental health counseling degree.

32

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Clinical Mental Health
Counseling

Master of Science in
Clinical Mental Health Counseling
The MS program is a 60-credit hour clinical mental
health counseling program that is designed to meet the
academic requirements established by the Pennsylvania
State Board of Social Workers, Marriage and Family
Therapists and Professional Counselors leading to the
Licensed Professional Counselor (LPC) credential in
Pennsylvania. This program is designed to meet the
increasing need for qualified professional counselors,
which has been indicated by O*NET and others, as
one of the largest job growth areas in Pennsylvania and
nationwide. Graduates work in a variety of human services
areas including direct service or supervisory roles in
private and public agencies. These settings include, but
are not limited to, children and youth, delinquency and
criminal justice, intellectual, physical and psychosocial
disabilities, addictions, mental health,psychiatric
rehabilitation and private practice.
While this degree is technically a hybrid of online and
face to face instruction, the overwhelming majority of
coursework is delivered online. Several clinical “hybrid”
courses will require a face to face component, which will
be accomplished during one-week on-campus during
the summers. This format is designed to accommodate
working students and those who do not live within an easy
commuting distance of the Clarion campus. On-campus
housing will be made available to graduate students for
the week of face to face instruction. Additionally, some
courses will require weekly synchronous meetings or
occasional synchronous participation. Participating in the
one week face to face summer program courses and all
synchronous instruction is a requirement for all students
enrolled in the program.
Admission Requirements
Clarion University’s general admission requirements
apply, with the following additions:
· A baccalaureate degree from an accredited
college or university is required for graduate
admission along with a grade point average of
at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale.
· Official Graduate Record Exam (GRE) scores or
Miller Analogies Test (MAT) scores if GPA is
below a 3.0 on a 4.0 scale
· Letter stating goals for graduate study and
experience in human services
· Two recommendation letters documenting the
student’s potential and/or effectiveness in the
areas of academic performance and/or the
counseling profession
· Updated resume

Student Learning Outcomes
1. the multiple professional roles and functions
of counselors across specialty areas, and their
relationships with human service and integrated
behavioral health care systems, including
interagency and inter organizational collaboration
and consultation
2. techniques and interventions for prevention and
treatment of a broad range of mental health issues
3. dynamics associated with group process and
development
4. theories and models of multicultural counseling,
cultural identity development, and social justice
and advocacy
5. strategies for advocating for diverse clients’ career
and educational development and employment
opportunities in a global economy
6. theories of individual and family development across
the lifespan
7. the importance of research in advancing the
counseling profession, including how to critique
research to inform counseling practice
8. use of assessments relevant to academic/educational,
career, personal, and social development
9. crisis intervention, trauma-informed, and communitybased strategies, such as Psychological First Aid
Degree Requirements
60 Credit Master’s Degree Clinical Mental
Health Counseling Course Sequence
The department recommends at 3-year sequence
beginning in the fall semester. Other sequence options are
available for those that need or desire an alternate time
frame. Three sequences will be listed below to include:
1. 3-year (spring start)
2. 3-year (spring start)
3. 2-year accelerated track (fall start only).
3-Year (Fall Start)
Year 1
Fall
Spring
Summer
Year 2
Fall
Spring
Summer

COUN 530
COUN 552
COUN 586
COUN 592
COUN 510 (hybrid)
COUN 580 (hybrid)
COUN 532
COUN 542
COUN 519
COUN 537
COUN 538 (hybrid)
COUN 591 (hybrid)

Year 3
Fall
Spring
Summer

COUN 525
COUN 594 (practicum)
COUN 593
COUN 595 (internship)
COUN 595 (internship)

33

3. Year-2 summer
4. Year-2 winter
5. Year 3-summer
2-Year (Fall Start Only)

Year 1
Fall

Elective Information:

In addition to the required core courses listed above,
9 credits of electives must be taken throughout the 3-year
sequence. It is recommended that they be completed prior
to the internship experience.
Electives are only offered during non-typical semester
sessions (i.e. winter/summer sessions). Therefore, students
have 5 options of taking electives prior to their internship
experience:
1. Year-1 fall
2. Year-1 summer
3. Year-2 fall
4. Year-2 summer
5. Year-3 fall
3-Year (Spring Start)
Year 1
Spring
Summer
Fall
Year 2
Spring
Summer
Fall
Year 3
Spring
Summer
Fall

COUN 586
COUN 592
COUN 510 (hybrid)
COUN 580 (hybrid)
COUN 530
COUN 552
COUN 519
COUN 537
COUN 538 (hybrid)
COUN 591 (hybrid)
COUN 532
COUN 542
COUN 525
COUN 594 (practicum) NOT OFFERED IN
SPRING AT THIS TIME (Fall Only)
COUN 593 NOT OFFERED IN SUMMER AT
THIS TIME (Spring only)
COUN 595 (internship)
COUN 595 (internship) NOT OFFERED IN
FALL AT THIS TIME (Spring/Summer)

Elective Information:
In addition to the required core courses above, 9 credits
of electives must be taken throughout the 3-year sequence.
It is recommended that they be completed prior to the
internship experience.
Electives are only offered during non-typical semester
sessions (i.e. winter/summer sessions).
Therefore, students have 5 options of taking electives
prior to their internship experience:
1. Year-1 summer
2. Year-1 winter

Spring

Summer

Year 2
Fall
Spring
Summer

COUN 530
COUN 552
COUN 532
COUN 542
COUN 586
COUN 592
COUN 519
COUN 537
COUN 510 (hybrid)
COUN 580 (hybrid)
COUN 538 (hybrid)
COUN 591 (hybrid)
COUN 525
COUN 594 (Practicum)
COUN 593
COUN 595 (Internship)
COUN 595 (Internship)

Elective Information:

In addition to the required core courses above, 9 credits
of electives must be taken throughout the 3-year sequence.
It is recommended that they be completed prior to the
internship experience.
Due to the accelerated track, options will be limited in
terms of when electives can be taken. Electives will need
to be taken during the following terms:
1. Year-one winter session
2. Year-one summer session
3. Year-two winter session
4. Year-two summer session (not recommended with
internship but may be used if necessary)

*Students contemplating doctoral level studies after
completing the master’s degree or contemplating careers
that involve research may elect with the approval of
their advisor, a thesis project (COUN600) in lieu of two
available elective courses.
Head Injury and Concussion
Management Certificate
The primary purpose of this certificate program is to
provide students on the graduate level with a foundation to
understand the neurological, physical, and psychological
effects of mild traumatic brain injury (MTBI) or concussion.
It is estimated that 42 million people worldwide experience
a mild traumatic brain injury (MTBI) or concussion each
year. Concussions and MTBI has been a topical issue in the
media, among health professionals and the general public.
There has been a public outcry as a result of the discovery
of chronic traumatic encephalopathy (CTE) and has led to
pressure to develop concussion management throughout
sports programs of youth, high school, college, and

Clinical Mental Health
Counseling

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

34

Clinical Mental Health
Counseling

professional levels. Additionally, in the VA, TBI (traumatic
brain injury) has become a major focus of service as they
transition to veteran status. This is an excellent opportunity
for clinicians, teachers, administrators, coaches, and others
interested in understanding the treatment and management
of concussion/MTBI.
This program provides an overview of traumatic brain
injury and the identification of general conditions that are
shown to promote post-concussive wellness and recovery.
How these areas are assessed and brought forth for early
intervention and adaptations that can promote wellness
and recovery will be explored. Effects of concussion/
MTBI on the family, employment, education, and social
life will be reviewed as well as resiliency and protective
factors supporting the recovery process.
Four graduate level courses are required for completion
of the certificate. The specialists who teach the online
courses are experts in the fields of education, athletic
training, speech pathology, and mental health. The program
is offered entirely online.
The four courses (12 credits) include:

REHB 534: Post-Concussive Social and Emotional
Wellness and Recovery
NFSS 565: Controversies and Implication of
Concussions (MTBI) in Sport
SPED 576 Teaching Students with Traumatic Brain
Injury (TBI)
CSD 511 Cognitive-Communication Disorders in
Traumatic Brain Injury

CLARION UNIVERSITY

35

Education

Education

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

MASTER OF
EDUCATION
DEGREES
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION,
HEALTH AND HUMAN
SERVICES


M.Ed. in Education

Jesse Haight, D.Ed., Graduate Program Coordinator
123 Stevens Hall
Telephone: 814-393-2404
Email: jhaight@clarion.edu
www.clarion.edu/education
Graduate Faculty: P. Apple, L. Bonnett, J. Haight, M. Howe,
Cahndice Matthews, K. Murphy, A. Shannonhouse,
K. Sprenger

Program Objectives
The master’s degree program in education is accredited
by the Council for the Accreditation of Educator
Preparation (CAEP). This program encourages students
to view themselves as researchers of teaching and learning
and as professionals whose continued growth can best be
met through inquiry, reflection, and sustained dialogues
with peers. It affords practitioners the opportunity to share
effective classroom practices while reading, interpreting,
and analyzing current research and professional literature.
Students must choose and complete course requirements
within a specified concentration area.

36

Education

Admission Requirements
Clarion University’s general admission requirements
apply, with the following additions:
• A baccalaureate degree from an acceptably
accredited college or university.
• Undergraduate minimum GPA is 3.0 or above
(on a 4.0 scale).
• Teacher certification. Submit a copy of evidence
of certification. If the applicant does not meet
this requirement, the graduate faculty of the
department shall determine existing deficiencies
and how they may be met.
• Admission to provisional status may be granted
at the discretion of the graduate faculty if the
applicant’s GPA is less than 3.0/4.0 scale.
Regular status may be granted upon completion
of 9 semester hours of graduate study with a
minimum of 3.0/4.0 average.
Degree Outcomes
1. Demonstrate discipline specific content, child
development, and pedagogical content knowledge.
2. Demonstrate professional responsibility and ethical
conduct while exhibiting respect for the cultural
diversity of learners, families, colleagues, and
communities.
3. Develop standards aligned goals, objectives, and
learning experience plans.
4. Differentiate instruction by implementing
instructional strategies informed by assessment data.
5. Design appropriate assessments to measure learner
knowledge, skills and dispositions.
6. Communicate professionally and engage learners,
families, and community members.
7. Analyze and reflect on instructional strategies,
behavioral strategies, and learner progress.
Degree Requirements
Total 30-33 s.h.
Core Competencies....................................................... 12 s.h.
Research—ED 520: Introduction to Research............3 s.h.
Pedagogy—ED 522: Analysis of Teaching
or ED 563: Reading Pedagogy or ECH 501: Early
Childhood Curriculum and Instruction................3 s.h.
Curriculum—ED 523: Curriculum Development
and Evaluation or ECH 502: Early Childhood
Curriculum and Assessment.......................................3 s.h.
Professional Seminar—ED 578: Professional Seminar
OR MAED 556: Research in Mathematics Teaching
and Learning or ED 580: Teaching Leadership
as the Gateway to Enhancing Institutional
Effectiveness................................................................3 s.h.
Electives...........................................................................6 s.h.
Electives can be from any of the concentration areas. To be
selected from appropriate 400- or 500-level courses as approved
by the advisor. A maximum of three credits of 400-level courses
approved for graduate credit may be counted toward the degree.
Please note that 400-level courses taken for undergraduate credit
cannot be repeated for graduate credit. A maximum of 3–6 thesis
credits may be substituted as electives.

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Concentration Areas
Course selection is to be made from the following:
Curriculum, Instruction and Teacher Leadership
Concentration............................................................. 12 s.h.
ED 517:
Educational Computer Applications ...3 s.h.
ED 529:
Foundations of Curriculum .................3 s.h.
ED 544:
Classroom Assessment for Learning....3 s.h.
ED 581:
Peer Mentoring and Its Impact on
the Professional Community.................3 s.h.
ED 582:
The Role of Change in the Era of
Accountability........................................3 s.h.
ED 583:
The School as a Cultural and
Political Entity......................................3 s.h.
Early Childhood Concentration........................... 12 s.h.
ECH 501: Early Childhood Curriculum
and Instruction...................................... 3 s.h.
ECH 502: Early Childhood Curriculum
and Assessment........................................ 3 s.h.
ECH 505: The Healthy Infant, Toddler,
and Young Child.................................... 3 s.h.
ECH 510: Leadership in Early Childhood
Education and Care............................... 3 s.h.
ECH 512: Leadership in Early Childhood
Education and Care................................3 s.h.
ED 534:
Workshop in Education—with
permission of academic advisor.............3 s.h.
ED 565:
Reading and Language Arts in Early
Childhood................................................3 s.h.
ED 599:
Special Topics in Education—with
permission of academic advisor
Additional courses as approved by advisor
Mathematics Education Concentration............... 18 s.h.
Choose six of these.
MAED 501: Teaching Secondary Mathematics......3 s.h.
MAED 511: Technology for Teaching
Secondary Mathematics....................3 s.h.
MAED 532: Teaching Statistical Reasoning..........3 s.h.
MAED 537: Geometry/Trigonometry for
Secondary Teachers..........................3 s.h.
MAED 540: Discrete Mathematics for
Grades 7-12.........................................3 s.h.
MAED 550: Pre-Algebra for Teachers...................3 s.h.
MAED 551: Algebra/Number Theory for
Teachers..............................................3 s.h.
MAED 556: Research in Mathematics
Teaching & Learning.........................3 s.h.
MAED 571: Analysis for Teachers...........................3 s.h.
*Required math core
MAED 581: Problem Solving....................................3 s.h.
MAED 585: Applications and Mathematical
Modeling for Teachers.....................3 s.h.
MAED 590: Historical Development of
Mathematics....................................... 3 s.h.
Reading Concentration............................................. 12 s.h.
ED 564: Evidence-based Literacy
Instruction .............................................3 s.h.
ED 567: Secondary, College, and Content
Area Reading Instruction.....................3 s.h.
ED 569: Assessment of Literacy...........................3 s.h.
Choose 1
ED 565: Reading and Language Arts in Early
Childhood................................................3 s.h.
ED 568: Language and Literacy.........................3 s.h.
ED 574: Reading Program Orientation,

Administration, and Supervision..........3 s.h.
ED 575 Seminar in Children’s Literature........3 s.h.
ED 580: Special Reading Instruct..............................
Reading Specialist Certification..............................18 s.h.
Students desiring reading specialist certification
without the M.Ed. degree must take the following
courses, excluding ED 520, ED 523 and ED 578:
ED 563: Reading Pedagogy................................... 3 s.h.
ED 564: Evidence-based Literacy Instruction... 3 s.h.
ED 567: Secondary, College, and
Content Area Reading Instruction...... 3 s.h.
ED 569: Assessment of Literacy............................ 3 s.h.
ED 570: Practicum I: Analysis............................... 3 s.h.
ED 571: Practicum II: Instruction....................... 3 s.h.
ED 574: Reading Program Organization,
Administration, and Supervision............ 3 s.h.
Successful completion of Reading Specialist Exam
required for certification.
Science Education Concentration.......................... 18 s.h.
Core Competencies.................................................. 12 s.h.
Research–SCED 538 or ED 520.............................3 s.h.
Pedagogy–SCED 502 or ED 522.............................3 s.h.
Curriculum–SCED 538 or ED 523........................3 s.h.
Professional Seminar–SCED 541 or ED 578........3 s.h.
Science Education concentration area................... 12 s.h.
SCED 501: Seminar in Science Misconceptions.3 s.h.
SCED 505: Investigation in the Sciences...........3 s.h.
SCED 555: History of Science.............................3 s.h.
SCED 5XX: Science Education Elective.............3 s.h.
Electives: A total of six credits from education, science
education, special education, science, mathematics,
or other graduate areas with approval of advisor. A
minimum of 18 science education credits are required for
the degree. A maximum of 3-6 thesis credits (ED 701)
may be substituted for electives.
Technology Concentration..................................... 12 s.h.
ED 500:
Foundations of Distance Learning...............
ED 507:
Assessment for Online Learning...........3 s.h.
ED 517:
Educational Computer Applications....3 s.h.
ED 599:
Special Topics in Education—with
permission of academic advisor
ED 610:
Mobile Educational Technology.................
ED 617:
Advanced Educational Technology....3 s.h.
ED 620:
Internet Applications for K–12
Educators ................................................3 s.h.
ED 649:
Educational Technology
Leadership................................................3 s.h.
Additional courses as approved by advisor

Online Instruction Endorsement
The 12-credit Online Instruction Endorsement graduate
program is approved by the Pennsylvania Department of
Education (PDE) and can be completed as a component
of a Masters of Education Degree or as a stand-alone
non-degree program. This program provides educators
with essential tools to engage students in online learning
environments. Successful candidates will earn the PDE
Online Instruction Endorsement, which is added to their
Level I or Level II PA Teaching Certification.
The Online Instruction Endorsement classes are as

37

follows and must be taken in this order:
ED 500: Foundations of Distance Learning ......... 3
ED 507: Assessment for Online Learning ............ 3
ED 540: Principles of Instructional Design .......... 3
ED 513: Advanced Online Instruction .................. 3
Skills for Teacher Leaders Endorsement
The 12-credit Skills for Teacher Leaders Endorsement
graduate program is approved by the Pennsylvania
Department of Education (PDE) and can be completed
as a component of a Master of Education Curriculum,
Instruction and Technology Leadership Concentration
or as a stand-alone non-degree program. This program
addresses the preponderance of literature and research
that refer to the need for teachers as leaders and the
need for teachers to acquire the appropriate training in
leadership. Teachers now more than ever, are accepting
informal leadership positions in their schools. This
program takes the expertise of teachers and adds to that the
imperative body of knowledge, understandings, and skills
that embody what we know about effective leadership
specifically for teachers. Successful candidates will
earn the PDE Skills for Teacher Leaders Endorsement,
which is added to their Level I or Level II PA Teaching
Certification.
The Skills for Teacher Leaders Endorsement are as
follows and must be taken in this order:
ED 580: Teacher Leadership as the Gateway
to Enhance Instructional Effectiveness ..... 3
ED 581: Peer Mentoring and Its Impact
on the Professional Community................ 3
ED 582: The Role of Change in the Era of
Accountability........................................... 3
ED 583: The School as a Cultural and Political
Entity......................................................... 3
Graduation Requirements
Students must complete 30 credit hours (33 credits
for mathematics concentration) of required and advisor
approved elective courses with a cumulativegrade-point
average of 3.00/4.00. Additionally, students are required
to complete an online professional portfolio presentation,
a comprehensive exam or an action resource project or
thesis defense.
Job Search Assistance
Typically, graduate program candidates are already
involved in professional careers that are being enhanced
by the graduate studies. For students who are seeking
employment, the faculty and the university Career
Services Center provides job search assistance.
Advisement
Upon acceptance into the graduate program, students
will be assigned a department advisor who is qualified to
assist the student in his or her specific career goals. The
responsibility for meeting all stated requirements for the
master’s degree, however, is with the student.

Education

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

38

Education

Graduate Early Childhood Certification
Program
Clarion University’s Graduate Childhood Certification
Program offers web-based graduate courses to those who
currently hold Pennsylvania Elementary certification that
will allow them to earn Pennsylvania Early Childhood
Certification. The courses are designed to facilitate
participants’ knowledge, skills and dispositions that will
enable them to effectively interact with and guide the
learning of young children and their families and has been
approved by the Pennsylvania Department of Education.
The program currently consists of five online graduate
courses and the Praxis II exam in Early Childhood.
The graduate courses that will make up the Graduate
Early Childhood Certification program are part of the
Master of Education with a concentration in Early
Childhood Education program. The courses are designed
to address the five standards of the National Association
fort the Education of Young Children and the Pennsylvania
Early Learning Standards. Those who complete this
program may choose to continue on for the Master of
Education degree.
Program Requirements
• ECH 501: Early Childhood Curriculum and
Instruction
• ECH 502: Early Childhood Curriculum and
Assessment
• ECH 505: The Healthy Infant, Toddler, and
Young Child
• ED 565: Reading and Language Arts in Early
Childhood
• ECH 510: Leadership in Early Childhood
Education

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Admission Requirements and Application
The program will enroll only those who currently
possess Pennsylvania Elementary Certification. These
teachers will have met the Pennsylvania teaching
competencies and will have completed student teaching.
They are not required to student teach again to earn
teaching certification in Early Childhood through this
program. They will be required to pass he Praxis II
exam in Early Childhood before Clarion University will
recommend them to PDE for certification.
To apply, the candidate must apply for admission
online, and provide a copy of their Pennsylvania
Elementary Certificate and bachelor’s degree transcript
with their graduate admission package. Also required is
documentation of current (within one year) Pennsylvania
Act 33 and Act 34 clearances and FBI clearance along with
verification of a valid health examination and negative
Tuberculin test and proof of $1,000,000 liability insurance.
NOTE: Candidates may be subject to program
adjustments to meet any new PDE regulations.

39

Library Science

Information and
Library Science

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN LIBRARY SCIENCE DEGREE

INFORMATION AND LIBRARY SCIENCE
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION AND
INFORMATION SCIENCES
Department of Information and
Library Science
Linda L. Lillard, Ph.D., Chair
209 Carlson Library
Telephone: 866-272-5612
Email: llillard@clarion.edu
www/clarion.edu/libsci
Graduate Faculty: S. Aristeguieta-Trillos, R. Clark, Y. Ha,
M. Harhai, J. Krueger, Xiaofeng Li, L. Lillard, J. Maccaferri

Mission
The department prepares students for proactive
engagement in the information professions.
Vision
Information for life.

40

Information and
Library Science

Information and Library Science (MSLS)
Outcomes
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the information
profession by relating foundational principles,
philosophy, and ethics to contemporary issues,
by identifying key, on-going interdisciplinary
developments in the field, and by analyzing current
practices for future implications of the profession.
2. Create, select, acquire, manage, and maintain the
information environment by analyzing how users
seek out information.
3. Demonstrate and be able to explain the principles
of organizing recorded information by exploring
both past and present theories of organizing
and representing recorded information and by
understanding and applying the standards of
organizing recorded information in libraries and
information centers.
4. Identify, explain, use and critically evaluate both
current and emerging information technologies in
libraries and information centers
5. Provide information services to a diverse community
by analyzing, synthesizing, and disseminating
traditional and emerging information resources,
by developing communication and interpersonal
skills for determining the information needs of all
users, by creatively utilizing techniques and tools
to address information needs, and by advocating for
underserved audiences.
6. Demonstrate an understanding of research by
identifying the fundamental characteristics of
quantitative and qualitative research and by
analyzing the value of research literature in the
library and information field.
7. Develop a commitment to continuing education
by participating in local, regional, and national
professional development opportunities.
8. Demonstrate the principles and practices of
administration and management by recognizing
the appropriate methods to continually measure
and ensure the quality and value of personnel,
services, the information environment, and physical
spaces, by developing and evaluating the budget
and additional sources of funding (i.e. grants) in
alignment with short and long range goals and
objectives, and by evaluating the advantages
and disadvantages of establishing networks with
libraries, consortia, community organizations,
government officials, and other professional bodies,
i.e., schools.

CLARION UNIVERSITY

M.S.L.S. Admission Requirements

Eligibility

Applicants for admission to the Master of Science
in Information and Library Science degree program
must meet Division of Graduate Programs admission
requirements with the following additions:
M.S.L.S.
1. an overall GPA for the baccalaureate degree of
at least 3.00 on a 4.00 scale; or
2. a 3.00 GPA for the last 60 credits of the
baccalaureate degree with an overall qualitypoint average of at least 2.75; or
3. a 2.75 to 2.99 overall GPA for the baccalaureate
degree with a score of at least 412 on the Miller
Analogies Test or a combined score of at least
300 on the quantitative and verbal sections of
the Graduate Record Examination or new test
equivalent; or
4. a graduate degree in another discipline with an
overall GPA of at least 3.00.
International students are required to achieve a
minimum score of 550 (paper based), or 80 (internet
based) on the TOEFL.

Procedure

Students may begin their studies any semester or term.
All students must enroll in LS 504, as close as possible
to the start of their program as the department’s course
schedule permits. For most students this will be in their
first term of study.
Transfer of Credits/Waiver of Courses
A maximum of six graduate semester hours may be
transferred and/or waived in any of the following ways:
• Acceptable graduate credits in library science
completed at Clarion University as a non-degree
student or at another institution with an ALAaccredited program may be transferred and
applied toward the master’s degree. The student
is responsible for filing an official graduate
transcript of any work presented for transfer
credit with the chair of the Department of Library
Science.
• Graduate credit in related disciplines may be
transferred upon prior approval by advisor and
chair.
Degree Requirements
The MSLS degree in Information and Library Science
is conferred upon the candidate who has met the following
requirements:
• The completion of 36 hours of approved graduate
study, including four required core courses (LS
500, 504, 505, and 573), one management course
(LS 532 or 534), the capstone course (LS570 or

LS600) and six elective courses or concentration
courses.
• The maintenance of a cumulative average of 3.00
or higher. A student who receives a grade of “C” or
lower in more than two courses is disqualified as
a candidate in the degree program unless special
permission to continue is obtained from the dean
of the College of Business Administration and
Information Sciences and the coordinator of
Graduate Programs.
• The completion of all degree requirements within
a six-year period. Course work over six years old
may not be applied toward the degree.
Information and Library Science
Within the general MSLS degree, advisors assist
students in choosing elective courses that will support a
chosen career path in the information and library field.
The flexibility of six electives assists our students in
constructing a coherent course of study. The general MSLS
degree is the track most frequently chosen by Clarion
students. Additionally, the following concentrations are
available to those with specific interests in the following
areas:
Information and Library Science/ School
Library Media
Clarion University’s MSLS in School Library Media
concentration consists of courses that prepare students to
be school librarians but Clarion University does not grant
actual school library media certification. A student wishing
to obtain Pennsylvania Library Science Certification for
K-12 who holds a valid Pennsylvania teaching certificate
can complete the MSLS School Library Media and then
check with the Pennsylvania Department of Education
for additional certification requirements. Students from
other states should check with their state department of
education to determine certification requirements.
Information and Library Science/Reference
and User Services
Clarion University’s MSLS in Reference and User
Services concentration will allow students to construct a
coherent program of study in the area of reference and user
services. This group of courses will provide students with
a skill set necessary to provide instruction and information
services for patrons in all types of libraries. Students will
master skills in the areas of general reference sources and
services, instructional design and delivery, specialized
sources and services such as business sources, government
information, resources in the humanities, and resources
in the social sciences
Information and Library Science/Local and
Archival Studies
Clarion University’s MSLS in Local and Archival
Studies concentration will allow students to construct a
coherent program of study in the area of local and archival
studies. This group of courses will provide students with a
skill set necessary for work in information environments

41

dealing with local and archival documents such as
libraries, archives, historical societies, etc. Students will
master skills in the areas of: management of collections,
information technology and digital resources. Students
will be qualified for public library local history/genealogy
positions, academic library reference and archives
positions, and local special collection management
positions in settings outside of libraries.
Master of Science in Information and Library
Science/J.D.
The department offers a cooperative M.S.L.S./J.D.
program in cooperation with Widener University School
of Law’s Harrisburg, Pa., campus. Students must be
admitted to both programs separately. Any six credits of
coursework taken as part of a student’s J.D. program may
be applied to that student’s M.S.L.S. program, and vice
versa. These courses will be chosen in consultation with
the student’s faculty advisors.
Master of Science in Information and Library
Science/ Master of Arts in Applied History
The department also offers a cooperative MSLS/
MA in Applied History program in cooperation with
Shippensburg University. Students must be accepted by
each instruction through a separate applications process
at each university. Any six credits of coursework may be
applied to both programs.
Continuing Education
Certificate of Advanced Studies
The Certificate of Advanced Studies program
is designed to provide the post-master’s student an
opportunity to expand and update professional skills and
competencies through a structured pattern of continuing
education. Study may be either full- or part-time. On a
full-time basis, the certificate may be completed in two
semesters. Requirements include a written statement of
personal/professional goals, completion of a program
of 12 graduate credits within a four-year period, and
maintenance of a 3.00 GPA.
Documentation required for admission includes a
goals statement, an official transcript from the school that
granted the ALA-accredited master’s degree in library
science, completed university application for admission
form and recommendation forms, and the application
fee. Further information is available from the Graduate
Programs office.
Non-Degree Status
Individuals not interested in a formal degree or
certificate program may enroll in courses as a nondegree student; however, no more than six credits of
work completed as a non-degree student may later be
transferred to a degree or certificate program. Students
must have a baccalaureate degree from a regionally
accredited institution, submit a completed application
form and official transcripts, and pay the application
fee. Further information is available from the Graduate

Information and
Library Science

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

42

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Information and
Library Science

Programs office.

American Library Association Committee on Education.

Distance Education
As part of its commitment to meeting the needs of
all residents of the commonwealth of Pennsylvania, the
Department of Information and Library Science offers
its M.S.L.S. program fully online utilizing various
Web-based delivery techniques. This department offers
many courses in the seven week format. Students plan
a cohesive program of study with their faculty advisor.
See www.clarion.edu/libsci for current program offerings.
These courses may be taken part of the M.S.L.S., the
Certificate of Advanced Studies program, or individually
for continuing education progress.

Advisement
Students are assigned a faculty advisor upon admission
to the program. Students must discuss course scheduling
with their advisor to register for classes each semester. At
any time, a student may ask for a different advisor having
greater expertise and experience in the student’s area of
interest. In addition to assisting students in developing
a program of study, faculty advisors work with students
to develop career objectives, prepare resumes, and plan
a job search.

Scholarships
Graduate students are eligible for the following
department scholarships:
• The Ahmad F. M. Gamaluddin Scholarship in
Library Science
• The Charles R. Flack Scholarship in Library
Science
• The Elizabeth A. Rupert Graduate Scholarship in
Library Science
• The H. W. Wilson Scholarship
• The Helen Ferry Shields Scholarship
Scholarship application deadlines are announced
through the department’s list serv.
Additional information on financial aid may be
obtained from the booklet, Financial Assistance for
Library and Information Studies, published by the

Capstone
Each student selects one of two options as a capstone
course which is taken in the last semester or term of the
M.S.L.S. program:
LS570: Apprenticeship in Information Agencies: Provides
an advanced preprofessional experience through work in
a cooperating library or information center. Students are
expected to apply and evaluate the theory and practice learned
in the classroom; prepare an evaluative paper, and be observed
and evaluated by the site supervisor. Accreditation assessments
administered. Prerequisites: successful completion of at
least 30 credit hours, including all other required courses;
permission of advisor, apprenticeship coordinator, and the
department chair. For students not seeking initial teacher
certification.
LS600: Research in Librarianship: Intended as capstone
experience for students in the Master of Science in Library
Science program. Provides the opportunity to pursue a
research project related to the student’s area of specialization
or interest and which is based on a research strategies

developed in LS 550. Accreditation assessments administered.
Prerequisites: LS 550 and successful completion of at
least 30 credit hours, including all other required courses;
project approval by advisor, instructor, and the department
chair. For students not seeking initial teacher certification.

Current Studies in Librarianship
Current Studies in Librarianship is a forum for
research by library science students on subjects of
general interest to librarians. It is published jointly by the
Department of Library Science and the Office of Graduate
Programs under the co-editorship of departmental faculty.
Beta Phi Mu International Library Science
Honor Society
Beta Phi Mu was founded in August 1948 at the
University of Illinois by a group of leading librarians
and library educators. The motto of the society is “Aliis
Inserviendo Consumor,” which reflects the dedication
librarians must possess toward service to others if books
are to become instruments of liberal education.
The chapter, Beta Sigma, was installed and the first
members were initiated in Spring 1980. Membership
in this international society is granted to a graduate of
a library school program accredited by the American
Library Association who has earned a 3.75 scholastic
average on a 4.00 scale and has been recommended by
the library school faculty. The faculty recommendation
attests to the candidate’s professional competence and
promise. At present, the department is permitted to grant
membership to only 25 percent of the graduating class
each year.
Opportunities for Service
American Library Association Student Chapter
The American Library Association Student Chapter
was established in 1992 and formally recognized by the
Student Senate in 1993. It provides both undergraduate
and graduate students with opportunities for professional
education and service beyond those provided by course
work. Chapter activities include round table discussions,
field trips, participation in community projects, and
sponsorship of colloquium speakers.
Department Governance
Students are encouraged to participate in developing
and evaluating department policies and procedures through
membership on department and university committees.
Career Outlook
Prospects for the future are extremely positive for
well-prepared new graduates guided by creative faculty
advisors. Employment opportunities vary according
to the type of library, educational qualifications, and
the areas of specialization of the individual preparing
to enter the profession. The librarian who is flexible
with respect to geographic area and willing to meet the

43

challenge of serving special groups will have especially
good opportunities for employment.
Placement Service
Clarion University of Pennsylvania and the Department
of Library Science assist both students and alumni in
obtaining positions in libraries and related agencies by
acting as a clearinghouse for current job information and
by posting vacancy announcements. The student must
request official academic transcripts from the university
registrar. The Department of Library Science publishes a
comprehensive position listing on the department webpage.
The Office of Career Services provides assistance to all
graduates by maintaining a file of vacancy notices received
from public schools, government agencies, business, and
industry. It also provides assistance in preparing resumes
and in developing interview and communication skills.

Information and
Library Science

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

44

CLARION UNIVERSITY

MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE

COMMUNICATION

Mass Media Arts
and Journalism

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND
SCIENCES
Department of Communication
Dr. Lacey Fulton, Chair
130 Becker Hall
Telephone: 814-393-2245
Email:lfulton@clarion.edu
www.clarion.edu/comm
Graduate Faculty: M. Crespo, L. Fulton, M. Kuehn,
S. Kuehn, A. Lingwall, N. O’Neil

Program Objectives
In the 21st century, an advanced degree is a prerequisite
for the best jobs in the communications marketplace. The
Online Master of Science in Communication at Clarion
University will enhance your intellectual and practical
skills and boost your marketability in this fast-growing
career field. Offered through Clarion University’s
Online Programs, this 36-credit program is designed for
individuals pursuing careers in public relations, corporate

communication, media management, journalism, and
other mass media related fields. It also provides a solid
foundation for graduates seeking to enter doctoral
programs. Through the Online Master of Science in
Communication program, you can earn your graduate
degree in as little as 12 months. The program is intended
for busy adults who cannot travel to campus due to
distance, job commitments, or family responsibilities.
Classes are offered in both the traditional 16-week
semester schedule as well as in two 7-week sessions fall
and spring. Accelerated summer classes are required for
a 12-month completion.
Admission Requirements
Graduate Programs admission requirements apply with
the following additions:
• Applicants for full admission must have earned an
overall GPA for the baccalaureate degree of at least
3.0 on a 4.0 scale.
• Admission on a provisional basis may be granted if
the applicant’s GPA is at least 2.75 on a 4.0 scale and
a scaled score of 400 or above is achieved on the
Miller Analogies Test or a GRE (Graduate Record

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

Degree Requirements
To fulfill the degree requirements for graduation,
students must complete 36 semester hours, including
required courses, with a GPA of 3.0 or better on a 4.0
scale. Passing grade is “C” or above. There is also a
media writing competency for which COM 140: Writing
for Media may be required if sufficient background is not
obtained through previous course work or experiences as
demonstrated through portfolio or testing. This decision
will be made in consultation with your advisor.
Communication (MS) Outcomes
1. Use oral communication to inform, direct, persuade
and inspire others;
2. Write in forms and styles for communication
professions, audiences and purposes they serve;
3. Engage in practical application of skills and
knowledge as communication professionals;
4. Design aesthetically pleasing and socially responsible
media productions that integrate the latest
technologies; and
5. Respond to the demands of a diverse, global society
in relationship to communication.
Transfer Credits
A maximum of nine semester hours of graduate course
work may be transferred toward the degree. These hours
must come from an accredited institution and must have
a grade of “B” or better.
Requirements for Graduation
The following courses are required of all students
graduating with a Master of Science in Communication.
COM 525:
COM 551:
COM 552:
COM 558:
COM 559:
COM 621:
COM 642:

Mass Communication Theory....................3 s.h.
Public Relations Foundations................3 s.h.
Journalism Foundations............................3 s.h.
Society, Law, and Media Technology....3 s.h.
Management of the Comm. Process.........3 s.h.
Mass Communication Research...............3 s.h.
Advanced Public Relations Writing.....3 s.h.

COM 700:

Graduate Capstone Project

Select thesis, internship, or portfolio...........................6 s.h.
Choose Three:
COM 500/600 Level Elective Courses (one 400 level course
may be taken)......................................9 s.h.

No comprehensive examination required.
Total..............................................................................36 s.h.

Upon completion of 12 graduate credits, students
must file for candidacy. This process involves filing an
admission to candidacy form that specifies a three-member
committee and a degree completion plan approved by the
graduate coordinator. At least two of the three members of
the committee should be faculty from the Department of
Communication. Committee members must have graduate
faculty status
Electives
Select from among 400/600 level COM graduate
courses; only one 400-level course may be taken. Please
note that 400-level courses taken for undergraduate credit
cannot be repeated for graduate credit.
Placement
Placement of past graduates has been excellent
in business, industry, public relations, broadcasting,
corporate communication, education, training and
development, and doctoral and specialist programs.
Advisement
Students are assigned an advisor upon entering the
program and may change advisors as they develop
their area of interest if so inclined. It is the student’s
responsibility to make arrangements to meet with their
advisor. In all cases, the responsibility of meeting the
stated requirements of the master’s degree lies with the
student.
Physical Facilities
The Department of Communication is housed in
Becker Hall and offers outstanding physical facilities.
In addition to modern classrooms, students have access
to: multi-media production labs with both Windows and
Macintosh equipment and 4K video cameras, DSLRs and
a digital darkroom with large format printer, microphones
and audio recording equipment, an HD television
studio, 1000-watt FM radio broadcasting station and an
equipment repair field-shop.
Social Media Management Certificate
The graduate certificate in social media management
is designed for professionals working in any capacity
in almost any field. From non-profits to for-profit
enterprises, social media is a global phenomenon. This

Mass Media Arts
and Journalism

Examination) score of 300 on the quantitative and
verbal sections. Regular status may be obtained upon
completion of 12 semester hours with a minimum of
3.0 average.
• Three faculty and/or professional recommendations
on official forms
• All applicants must submit a short essay describing
how you expect to benefit from and contribute to
graduate study.
• All applicants must submit a statement of purpose.
• All applicants must have access to a computer with
reliable Internet capability.
• For non-native applicants: submit TOEFL scores of at
least 600 (paper based), or 100 (internet based).
• Individuals with disabilities are encouraged to meet
with the department chair before admission to the
program.

45

46

12-credit program provides instruction related to mass
communication theory, media law, technology and the
impact of mediated communication on society. With
coursework spanning the history and current status of
social media in conjunction with mass communication
theory and law, students gain the skills needed to
successfully manage social media content. This certificate
can be completed as a stand-alone credential or as part
of the Communication program. This program is offered
only online.
Requirements for Social Media Management
Certificate
To fulfill the degree requirements for graduation,
students must complete the following required courses
with a GPA of 3.0 or better on a 4.0 scale. Passing grade
is “C” or above.
Required courses (12 credits)
COM 523: Social Media Foundations. . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
COM 525: Mass Communication Theory . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
COM 558: Society, Law & Media Technology . . . . . .3 s.h.
COM 623: Current Topics in Social Media . . . . . . . .3 s.h.

Mass Media Arts
and Journalism

Public Relations Certificate
The graduate certificate in public relations is a
12-credit, online graduate-level program designed
primarily for public relations professionals, business
owners, nonprofit managers, and others who have earned
bachelor’s degrees. It is intended for those who need
to update their skills or gain formal training in this fast
growing profession. Students who complete this program
will be qualified to work as public relations assistants,
managers, and executives. Coursework covers public
relations theory, media relations, writing, cases and
campaigns, professional ethics and law, leadership, and
related principles of advertising and marketing.
Requirements for Public Relations Certificate
To fulfill the degree requirements for graduation,
students must complete the following required courses
with a GPA of 3.0 or better on a 4.0 scale. Passing grade
is “C” or above.
COM 525: Mass Communication Theory . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
COM 551: Public Relations Foundations. . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
COM 574: Public Relations Cases and Campaigns. . .3 s.h.
COM 642: Advanced Public Relations Writing. . . . .3 s.h.

This certificate can be completed as a stand-alone
credential or as part of the Communication Graduate
program. This program is offered only online.
Health Communication Certificate
The 12-credit graduate certificate in health
communication provides instruction related to mass
communication theory, organizational communication
and health specific communication competencies. The

CLARION UNIVERSITY

combination of these three areas allows a unique opportunity
to integrate media, organizational behavior and current
trends in health communication to provide students a wellrounded look into the world of health communication.
The certificate is designed for professionals who are
working in any capacity in a healthcare or community
related organization. This certificate can be completed as
a stand-alone credential or as a part of the Communication
Graduate program. This program is offered online only.
Requirements for Health Communication
Certificate
To fulfill the degree requirements for graduation,
students must complete the following required courses
with a GPA of 3.0 or better on a 4.0 scale. Passing grade
is “C” or above.
Required courses (12 credits)
COM 525: Mass Communication Theory . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
COM 538: Health Communication Foundation . . . . .3 s.h.
COM 559: Mgmt of Communication Process. . . . . . . .3 s.h.
COM 638: Current Topics in Health Communication .3 s.h.

Admission Requirements
Graduate Programs admission requirements apply with
the following additions:
• Applicants for full admission must have earned an
overall GPA for the baccalaureate degree of at least
3.0 on a 4.0 scale.
• Admission on a provisional basis may be granted if
the applicant’s GPA is at least 2.75 on a 4.0 scale
and a scaled score of 400 or above is achieved on the
Miller Analogies Test or a GRE (Graduate Record
Examination) score of 300 on the quantitative and
verbal sections. Regular status may be obtained upon
completion of 12 semester hours with a minimum of
3.0 average.
• Three faculty and/or professional recommendations
on official forms
• All applicants must submit a short essay describing
how you expect to benefit from and contribute to
graduate study.
• All applicants must submit a statement of purpose.
• All applicants must have access to a computer with
reliable Internet capability.
• For non-native applicants: submit TOEFL scores of
at least 600 (paper based), or 100 (internet based).
• Individuals with disabilities are encouraged to meet
with the department chair before admission to the
program.

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

47

CLARION AND EDINBORO UNIVERSITIES

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION,
HEALTH AND HUMAN
SERVICES
Department of Nursing
Lana Smith, PhD., CRNP
MSN Program Coordinator
123 Ralston Hall, Clarion University
814-393- 1851 (secretary)
Email: lasmith@clarion.edu
www.clarion.edu/msn

Nursing

Graduate Faculty: C. Barrett, D. Falsetti,
D. Kelly, M. Larson, A. McClune, L. Morrison,
J. Rodgers, L. Smith, C. Stiller, M. Terwilliger,
T. White

Program Description
The jointly-sponsored Clarion and Edinboro
Universities Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) program
prepares graduates for entry into practice as family nurse
practitioners. Options include the MSN degree, PostMaster’s Certificate, and Second Master’s degree. The
FNP-MSN degree is 45 semester hours in length and
includes 600 hours of clinical practice. FNP graduates
are prepared to provide primary care in medically underserved areas and are eligible to apply for legal certification
as family nurse practitioners after passing professional
certification exams through either the American Nurses
Credentialing Center (ANCC) or the American Academy
of Nurse Practitioners Certification Program (AANPCP).
Courses are delivered online with the exception of a
limited number of on campus skill labs and workshops.
Graduates of the program receive a joint degree granted
by both universities. Students are assigned one university
site for advisement and may utilize facilities and services
of both universities.

Nursing

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN NURSING

48

The MSN program is accredited by the Accreditation
Commission for Education in Nursing, Inc. (ACEN).
Students should check the program Website for the most
up-to-date program information:
www.clarion.edu/msn. Information about program
requirements and administrative matters is also available
at both universities.
Program Objectives
The Master of Science in Nursing program affords
advanced practice nurses the opportunity to develop as
expert clinicians, participate in shaping health policy,
and contribute to research that improves patient care. The
nursing program provides the foundation for a life-long
process of personal and professional growth as well as for
doctoral education. Specifically designed for the working
professional, all didactic courses are taught online. Most
students study on a part-time basis.
Program Outcomes
Graduates are prepared to:
• Synthesize established and evolving knowledge
from nursing, the sciences and humanities into
advanced practice nursing.
• Incorporate professional/legal standards and
moral/ethical values into a culturally sensitive
practice.
• Provide advanced nursing practice that reflects
critical thinking and effective interpersonal and
communication skills.
• Appraise and assimilate theory and scientific
evidence to investigate and evaluate practice
based issues.
• Demonstrate awareness and responsiveness
to systems-based practice through advocacy,
collaboration and effective use of resources.

Nursing

Admission Requirements
The admission requirements are as follows:
• Payment of the application fee.
• Evidence of an earned baccalaureate degree in
nursing from an accredited program.
• Licensure as a registered nurse in the state where
the student plans to complete clinical hours.
• An undergraduate GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale or a
graduate GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale (if seeking
second M.S.N. degree)
• One year of recent full-time clinical practice or
two years of part-time clinical practice (2,000
hours)
• Two faculty and/or professional recommendations
on the official form.
• Evidence of completion in the past 10 years of
a college-level statistics course with a grade of
“C” or better.

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Application Deadlines
To be fully considered for the limited number of seats
in our competitive Nursing program, all materials must be
in our Graduate Office by October 1 prior to the fall start
date for any given year. Clarion University operates on
a rolling admissions basis which means that applications
may be submitted and reviewed any time prior to the
deadline. It is recommended that applications be submitted
far enough in advance of the deadline to insure ‘complete’
status. Applications received after the October 1 deadline
may be considered for an interview for our wait list, or
for acceptance to the following year’s class if qualified.
All students will be notified of their status by March 1.
Applicants are strongly advised to apply early. For
an application and detailed instructions visit:
www.clarion.edu/msn
Curriculum
Core courses:

* NURS 601: Advanced Concepts in Pathophysiology.3 s.h.
NURS 602: Pharmacologic Applications.................... 3 s.h.
** NURS 605: Evolution of Nursing Theory.................. 3 s.h.
NURS 610: Advanced Concepts in Nursing Research..3 s.h.
NURS 614: Health Promotion: Family and Community

Perspectives............................................. 3 s.h.
NURS 645: Nursing and Public Policy....................... 3 s.h.
NURS 800: Scholarly Project/Thesis......................... .3 s.h.
* NURS 601 is a prerequisite to NURS 602 and is a prerequisite
or co-requisite to NURS 615 and NURS 616.
** NURS 605 is a prerequisite to NURS 610.

Courses with a clinical component:

NURS 615: Advanced Health Assessment.................. 2 s.h.
NURS 616: Advanced Health Assessment Practicum.2 s.h.
NURS 620: Clinical Decision Making I...................... 1 s.h.
NURS 621: Clinical Decision Making I Practicum..... 2 s.h.
NURS 622: Family Nurse Practitioner Role

Development............................................ 1 s.h.
NURS 630: Clinical Decision Making II.................... 3 s.h.
NURS 632: Clinical Decision Making II Practicum... 2 s.h.
NURS 640: Clinical Decision Making III................... 3 s.h.
NURS 642: Clinical Decision Making III Practicum.. 2 s.h.
NURS 750: Family Nurse Practitioner Internship....... 6 s.h.

Degree Requirements
To fulfill degree requirements for graduation, the
student must complete 45 semester hours of required course
work. The student must maintain a GPA of 3.0 or better
on a 4.0 scale. Successful completion of a comprehensive
assessment in the form of a professional portfolio is
required for graduation. All degree requirements must be
completed within six years of the first date of enrollment.
Advisement
Upon admission to the MSN Program, students are
assigned a faculty advisor at the university closest to
their home. Before beginning the first course, successful
applicants should meet with the graduate advisor for
orientation and assistance in planning their program of
studies. This can be accomplished face-to-face, by phone,
Email, or desktop conferencing.

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

49

Second Master’s and
Post-Master’s Certificate Policy
Second Master’s Degree Curriculum
(Family Nurse Practitioner)
Individuals holding a graduate degree in nursing
may earn a second master’s in nursing degree with a
concentration as a Family Nurse Practitioner. In order
to qualify for a second master’s degree, regardless of
where the first degree was earned, graduate students must
successfully complete a minimum of 30 hours of credit in
the Clarion and Edinboro Universities program beyond
the first master’s degree and meet program requirements
with respect to the required semester hours of credit and
courses for the major. Second master’s degree students
would typically have transfer credits in nursing research
that could apply to the requirements of NURS 610:
Advanced Concepts in Research, and may petition for
life experience credits for NURS 614: Health Promotion:
Family and Community Perspectives and NURS 645:
Nursing and Public Policy. Clinical courses and the
internship are required of all degree students regardless
of prior advanced education.

Nursing

Post-Master’s Family Nurse Practitioner
Certificate
A Post-Master’s Family Nurse Practitioner Certificate
is available to individuals who hold a master’s degree in
nursing from an accredited program. A program of study
that meets all requirements for the graduate to sit for
national certifying exams will be tailored to the needs
of the individual. A minimum of 24 credits is required to
earn a certificate.

CLARION UNIVERSITY

CLARION AND EDINBORO UNIVERSITIES

DOCTOR OF NURSING PRACTICE
COLLEGE OF
EDUCATION,HEALTH AND
HUMAN SERVICES
Department of Nursing
Deborah J. Kelly, DNP, RN, CHPCA Chair/Nurse
Administrator
Dr. Colleen Bessetti-Barrett, DNP, CRNP, FNP-BC
Program Coordinator
Edinboro University of Pennsylvania
122 Jeremy Brown Human Services Building
814-732-1643
cbarrett@edinboro.edu
www.clarion.edu/msn
Program Coordinators: Meg Larson, Jill Rodgers
Graduate Faculty: C. Bessetti-Barrett, D. Falsetti,
D. Kelly, M. Larson, A. McClune, J. Rodgers, C. Stiller,
T. White

Program Description
The Clarion and Edinboro Universities’ Doctor of
Nursing Practice (DNP) program is a 27-credit program.
Some students, dependent of the number of clinical hours
that can be transferred from their previous Master’s
Programs, may require more credits to complete the
number of clinical hours required for program completion.
For information regarding the number of clinical hours
that may need to be completed in the DNP program,
students will need to provide written proof of the number
of clinical hours completed from their MSN or other
Master’s program in the form of a letter, on school
letterhead, signed by the program head. Transcripts sent
or emailed to DNP faculty will not be accepted.
Courses can be taken part-time over 5 semesters in
an online format. Students will be admitted in cohorts
and begin courses in May each year. The program is
designed to be flexible, affordable and professionally
rewarding. The online, part-time structure accommodates
employment as an advanced practice nurse while pursuing
the DNP, thus easing the financial burden. Tuition and
fee information can be found at www.clarion.edu/tuition
and click on graduate tuition and fees.

Doctor of Nursing Practice

Doctor of Nursing Practice

50

DNP Admission Requirements
Applicants must have a master’s degree* in nursing
or health science from a nationally accredited program.
This may be direct care such as nurse practitioners, nurse
anesthetist, clinical specialist, nurse midwife or in-direct
care such as nurse administrators and nursing informatics.
The student must also meet the following requirements:
1. Completed online application form
2. Non-refundable application fee ($40 payable at the
time of online application submission)
3. Official transcripts from all undergraduate and
graduate institutions attended
4. *Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) or other
bachelor’s degree from an accredited program
with a GPA of 3.25 or higher (Applicants must
have at least one degree in nursing, either a BSN,
BSN equivalent, or a Master of Science in Nursing
(MSN). Applicants with only a diploma degree in
nursing or ASN cannot be accepted).
5. *MSN or other master’s degree from an accredited
program with a GPA of 3.25 or higher (Applicants
with a master’s degree other than nursing may
require additional coursework prior to enrollment,
as determined by a review of official transcripts)
6. A graduate course in research with a grade of “B” or
higher or successful completion of graduate thesis
(Completion of a graduate level capstone project
will be considered upon review of the project)
7. Two professional recommendations; excluding peer
reference
8. Resume/CV
9. Current unencumbered licenses as a Registered
Nurse
10. Written documentation of completed clinical hours
in a master’s program (DNP degree requires a total
of 1000 hours of clinical time between the master’s
and doctoral programs)
11. A type-written 1-2 page personal statement
describing your learning goals and a telephone
interview
*Students who have not yet completed their master’s
degrees:
• Admission can be granted to students contingent
upon anticipated graduation from their master’s
degree program during their initial semester in the
DNP program.
Please submit all application materials in a large envelope
to the administrative site:
Graduate Admissions, Clarion University, 840 Wood
Street, Clarion, PA 16214
Click the following link to apply: http://www.clarion.edu/
admissions/graduate/how-to-apply

51

This program is 27 credits post-masters to DNP
completion.
Application Deadline: Accepting applications until
all seats are full. Classes begin May annually.
Program Objectives
The overall purpose of the DNP program is two-fold:
a. to prepare advanced practice nurses to critically
evaluate, integrate, and disseminate the highest
level of professional nursing practice possible, and
b. to respond to regional and national shortages of
primary care providers and clinical nursing faculty.
Program Outcomes
The terminal learning outcomes for the Clarion and
Edinboro Universities DNP program are to prepare nurses
to be able to:
1. Apply clinical scholarship through advanced
nursing practice within complex health systems.
2. Design, implement, analyze, and disseminate
research that translates evidence to practice.
3. Demonstrate advanced leadership skills for
empowering and influencing others to bring about
change.
4. Utilize information and management systems to
support evidence-based practice.
5. Establish inter-professional relationships to
provide comprehensive delivery of advanced
practice nursing.
Curriculum
Content is organized around three focus areas: a
leadership core, specialty electives, and advanced clinical
practice.
Leadership Core
Core courses with a leadership focus prepare graduates
to utilize information and management systems within
complex health care systems. The five courses that make
up the leadership core are also part of the core courses
for the program.
NURS 806: Leading Nursing in Health Care Systems
NURS 807: Information Management in Health Care
NURS 808: Analytical Methods of Evidence-Based
Practice
NURS 809: Advanced Topics in Nursing Practice
Specialty Course
NURS 810: Advanced Topics in Clinical Management
Advanced Clinical Practice
Culminating practice-based experiences build on
the foundation of previous coursework in the program.
Note that the internships and capstone project are also
considered part of the core curriculum. A minimum of
1,000 hours of post-baccalaureate clinical experiences
are required to meet the DNP Essentials and specialty
competencies.

Doctor of Nursing Practice

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

Doctor of Nursing Practice

52

NURS 849: Doctor of Nursing Practice Clinical
Internship Elective is designed for students who
need to complete clinical additional hours.
NURS 850: Doctor of Nursing Practice Internship
I and NURS 851: Doctor of Nursing Practice
Internship II
NURS 900: Doctor of Nursing Practice Capstone
Internship experiences account for 270 hours of
direct clinical practice in the community and can
be completed at students’ home locations, or, in
many cases, in their work settings. Up to 160
DNP practice hours are integrated throughout the
curriculum. The capstone project accounts for an
additional 135 practice hours. The DNP capstone
gives students the opportunity to demonstrate
acquisition of increasingly complex skill sets in
data acquisition, analysis, and practice application
in a clinical setting.
Advisement
Upon admission to the DNP Program the student will
be assigned a faculty advisor. Before beginning the first
course, the successful applicant should meet with the
graduate advisor for orientation and assistance in planning
their program of studies. This can be accomplished faceto-face, by phone, email, or desktop conferencing.

CLARION UNIVERSITY

53

Special Education

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION,
HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

SPECIAL EDUCATION
& APPLIED BEHAVIOR
ANALYSIS
Department of Special Education
and Disability Policy Studies
Graduate Studies in Special Education
Cristin Ketely, Coordinator
107 Special Education Center
Telephone: 814-393-2294
Email: cketely@clarion.edu
www.clarion.edu/departments/sped

Graduate Faculty: A. Conner-Love, C. Ketley, l. Taylor,
Y. Kim,

Graduate studies in the Department of Special
Education and Disability Policy Studies provide a
robust opportunity for individuals in the areas of special
education, dyslexia and applied behavior analysis

Program Objectives
The mission of the Master of Science programs
within the Department of Special Education is to provide
opportunities:
• to update, broaden, and refine the skills and
knowledge base of the veteran professional in
designing, implementing, and evaluating instruction
and services for individuals with disabilities;
• to extend knowledge and skills in research,
administration, leadership, and the organization
of service delivery;
• to analyze technically complex and current issues
within the field; and
• to prepare for more advanced studies and careers
in special education.
The graduate program in special education is accredited
by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education, the Council for Exceptional Children and
approved by the Pennsylvania Department of Education.

54

Special Education

Master of Education with Special Education
Concentration
The Master of Education with a Concentration in
Special Education program is designed primarily for
individuals who currently possess a teaching certificate
in some other area and wish to add special education
certification while earning a master’s degree. If completed
as prescribed, individuals will be eligible to sit for
the special education certification exam for Pre-K-12.
Individuals who wish to earn the master’s degree without
certification may complete the program in order to
enhance their entry level content knowledge.
Admission Requirements
Clarion University’s general admission requirements
apply, with the following additions:
• A baccalaureate degree from an acceptably
accredited college or university
• Undergraduate minimum GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale
• Two faculty and/or professional recommendations;
recommendation forms should document applicant’s
potential and/or effectiveness in the areas of teaching
ability and/or professional performance (for the MS/
SPED program only)
• Clarion University students will be provided an
expedited application process.
Special Education (M.Ed.) outcomes
1. Students will be competent special educators
2. Students will analyze the needs of students with
disabilities or at risk for disabilities and develop
goals, design, as well as implement an individualized
education plan
3. Students will exhibit behaviors consistent with the
range of evidence-based model of education.
Degree Requirements
In addition to the general requirements of the Division
of Graduate Programs at Clarion University, students shall
meet the following requirements:
• Students must complete a planned program of
study approved by their advisor ranging from
30-33 credits
• Successful completion of SPED 418 within the
last two years or SPED 531 as a three-credit
elective. Students who never completed a
comparable special education course will take
SPED 418G. Students contemplating more
advanced studies after completing the master’s
degree or contemplating careers that involve
research may elect, with advisor approval, a
special project (SPED 690).
Note: In accordance with Clarion University residency
requirements, no more than a maximum of 30 percent of
the total graduate credits may be transferred from other
institutions.

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Master of Education with Special Education
Concentration

Core Competencies............................................... 6 credits
ED 520 Introduction to Research.................................. 3
ED 578 Professional Seminar.......................................... 3
Specialization Courses........................................ 27 credits
SPED 462: Educational Assessment ............................... 3
SPED 482: Special Mathematics Instruction................. 3
SPED 500: Contemporary Issues in
Special Education.......................................... 3
SPED 522: Special Education Classroom
Administration............................................... 3
SPED 526: Clinical Practicum for High
Incidence Disabilities.....................................1
SPED 527: Clinical Practicum for Low
Incidence Disabilities.....................................1
SPED 528: Assistive Technology.....................................1
SPED 544: High Incidence Methods and Practicum.....3
SPED 546: Low Incidence Methods and Practicum......3
SPED 567: Seminar in Applied Behavior Analysis......... 3
SPED 580: Special Reading Instruction.........................3
Electives
SPED 418G: Exceptionalities in the Regular Classroom
or SPED 531: Impact of Disabling Conditions
One other special education elective................................3

Fieldwork
Students enrolled in the Master of Education with
Special Education Program will complete fieldwork
incorporated in SPED 544: High Incidence Methods and
Practicum and SPED 546: Low Incidence Methods and
Practicum. This fieldwork is embedded in the course and
requires students to spend several weeks in an assigned
special education classroom.
Certification Candidates
Certification candidates are required to complete
clinical experiences (Student Teaching SPED 554) for
six credits, which can be counted toward the nine credits
of electives.
Integrated Middle Level Baccalaureate and
Master of Education with Special Education
Concentration (ED 4–8/Special Education
Pre-K–12)
In order to meet the new standards and offer Clarion
University students a unique opportunity to complete a
program with both Middle-Level and Special Education
certification, an integrated program has been created.
For this circumstance, those students wishing
to matriculate to graduate school to receive Special
Education certification would take the following courses
as part of their undergraduate program: SPED 245, SPED
384, SPED 462, and SPED 482.
The students would be required to student teach in
both the Middle level area and the Special Education area.
The SPED 462, SPED 482, SPED 245, and SPED 384
courses would count on the undergraduate record and as
competencies completed for the Master’s of Education
with Special Education Concentration.

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

Core Competencies................................................ 6 credits
ED 520:
Introduction to Research............................3
ED 578:
Professional Seminar.....................................3
Specialization Courses......................................... 21 credits
SPED 462: Educational Assessment*
SPED 482: Special Mathematics Instruction*
SPED 500: Contemporary Issues in Special Education.3
SPED 522: Special Education Classroom
Administration................................................3
SPED 526: Clinical Practicum for High
Incidence Disabilities.....................................1
SPED 527: Clinical Practicum for Low
Incidence Disabilities.....................................1
SPED 528: Assistive Technology.....................................2
SPED 544: Methods of Practicum High Incidence.......3
SPED 546: Methods of Practicum Low Incidence........3
SPED 567: Seminar on ABA*
SPED 580: Special Reading Instruction*
SPED 554: Graduate Student Teaching in Special
Education.........................................................6
Special Education/ Rehabilitative Science Elective.....3

TOTAL............................................. 30 Credits
* Completed in the mid-level undergraduate program
Student Teaching will occur after SPED 544 & 546 (block)

Integrated Secondary Level Baccalaureate and
Master of Education with Special Education
Concentration (special Education Pre K–12)
For this circumstance, those students wishing
to matriculate to graduate school to receive Special
Education certification would take the following courses
as part of their undergraduate program: SPED 245, SPED
384, SPED 462, and SPED 482.
The students would be required to student teach in
both the Secondary level area and the Special Education
area. The SPED 462, SPED 482, SPED 245, and SPED
384 courses would count on the undergraduate record and
as competencies completed for the Master’s of Education
with Special Education Concentration.
Master of Education With Special Education
Concentration and Middle Level Certification
Core Competencies................................................ 6 credits
ED 520:
Introduction to Research............................3
ED 578:
Professional Seminar.....................................3
Specialization Courses......................................... 21 credits
SPED 462: Educational Assessment*
SPED 482: Special Mathematics Instruction*
SPED 500: Contemporary Issues in Special Education.3
SPED 522: Special Education Classroom
Administration................................................3
SPED 526: Clinical Practicum for High
Incidence Disabilities.....................................1
SPED 527: Clinical Practicum for Low
Incidence Disabilities.....................................1
SPED 528: Assistive Technology.....................................1
SPED 544: Methods of Practicum High Incidence.......3
SPED 546: Methods of Practicum Low Incidence........3

SPED 567: Seminar on ABA*
SPED 580: Special Reading Instruction*
SPED 554: Graduate Student Teaching in Special
Education.........................................................6
Special Education/ Rehabilitative Science Elective.....3

TOTAL............................................. 30 Credits
* Completed in the Secondary undergraduate program
Student Teaching will occur after SPED 544 & 546 (block)

Master of Science in Special Education–
Reading Comprehension
Graduate studies in the Department of Special
Education and Disability Policy Studies provide a
robust opportunity for individuals in the areas of special
education, dyslexia and applied behavior analysis.
Master of Science in Special Education –
Reading Concentration (Dyslexia)
The increase in the diagnosis and interest in providing
scientific interventions to students with reading problems
and dyslexia has led to the creation of a program
that specifically provides the learner with tactics and
techniques for instruction. The Master of Science in
Special Education – Dyslexia program empowers
graduates to provide dynamic learning opportunities
for their students based upon the guidelines of the
International Dyslexia Association’s Knowledge and
Practice Standards for Teachers of Reading. Currently in
Pennsylvania there are only six universities that have met
these rigorous standards and Clarion University is proud
to be one of them. Individuals that complete this program
will earn a Master of Science in Special Education degree
as well as be prepared and eligible to sit for the Reading
Specialist Certification examination.
Master of Science in Special Education–
Reading Comprehension
Intervention Specialist Concentration... 33 credits

SPED 501: Foundations for Literacy Instruction
for Exceptional Readers..............................................3
SPED 502: Curriculum Design and Materials for
Teaching Exceptional Readers...................................3
SPED 503: Educational Assessment for
Exceptional Readers.....................................................3
SPED 504: Teaching Emergent and Developing
Exceptional Readers.....................................................3
SPED 506: Teaching Exceptional Adolescents
with Reading Problems................................................3
SPED 507: Written and Visual Expression
for Exceptional Readers..............................................3
SPED 508: Professional Seminar: Delivering
Evidenced-Based Instruction......................................3
ED 520: or REHB 520 Research Component..................3
ED 574: Reading Program Orientation,
Administration, and Supervision.................................3
SPED 509: Intervention Specialist Student Teaching.6
Undergraduate Component

Special Education

Master of Education With Special Education
Concentration and Middle Level Certification

55

56

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Special Education
Master of Science Special Education
-Advanced Study
The master’s degree in Special Education provides
opportunities for a variety of professionals to take
advantage of enhancing their expertise in Autism, Gifted,
and Applied Behavior Analysis. Individuals holding
undergraduate degrees in special education, psychology or
having degrees in related disciplines will find a program
designed to yield six different academic and credential
possibilities.
1. M.S. in Special Education
2. M.S. in Special Education + Board Certified Behavior
Analyst
3. M.S. in Special Education + Competent Learner Model
Implementer
4. M.S. in Special Education + Board Certified Behavior
Analyst + Competent Learner Model Implementer
5. M.S. in Special Education + Board Certified Behavior
Analyst + Competent Learner Model Implementer +
Gifted Endorsement
6. M.S. in Special Education + Board Certified Behavior
Analyst + Competent Learner Model Implementer
+ Gifted Endorsement + Autism Endorsement
The above combinations provide the learner with the
most flexibility in designing an educational endeavor that
meets their unique needs in an online format.
M.S. Special Education 36 credits

SPED 512: Foundations of Behavior
Analysis and CLM........................................................... 3
SPED 513: ABA/CLM Instructional Methods
Procedures and Tools ................................................... 3
SPED 533: ABA/CLM Program Curricula
Design and Monitoring ................................................. 3

SPED 537: Contingencies to Engineer Learning.......... 3
SPED 538: Professional & Ethical Standards.............. 3
SPED 567: Advanced Applied Behavior Analysis........... 3
SPED 637: Single Subject Design.................................... 3
SPED 514: Introduction to Gifted................................. 3
SPED 521: Austism Spectrum Disorders......................... 3
SPED 539: Curriculum Development and
Educational Programming in Gifted........................... 3
SPED 597: Collaboration & Cooperation:
Improved Teaching & Learning Outcomes .................. 3
SPED 696: Contemporary Education
Practices & Directions................................................... 3

Autism Spectrum Disorders endorsement
This endorsement includes 12 hours of coursework
on characteristics, assessment for instructional planning,
instructional interventions, and collaboration with families
and agencies relative to individuals with Autism Spectrum
Disorder (ASD). Upon successful completion of the
coursework, holders of Level I and II certification may
make application to PDE for the autism endorsement.
The classes are as follows:
SPED 521: Autism Spectrum Disorders...........................3
SPED 567: Advanced Applied Behavior Analysis...........3
SPED 597: Collaboration and Cooperation..................3
SPED 635: Advanced Methods for Persons with
Autism and Severe Disabilities....................................3

Gifted & Talented certificate
This certificate (not teacher certification) is available to
enhance educators’ knowledge about giving students who
are gifted and talented the opportunity to have supported
access to the highest possible quality education in the
classroom.

Candidates for this certificate will be required to
complete 18 credits from the following courses:
SPED 418G: Exceptionalities in the Classroom............3
SPED 442G: Differentiated Instruction in Inclusive
Settings..........................................................................3
SPED 514: Introduction to Gifted Education.............3
SPED 539: Curriculum Development and Educational
Programming in Gifted Education.............................3
SPED 597: Collaboration and Cooperation..................3
SPED 596: Contemporary Education Practices and
Directions.......................................................................3

Applied Behavior Analysis and Competent
Learner Model Certificate
This 7 course online certificate program will prepare
students to be certified Competent Learner Model
(CLM) implementers and provide course work required
to be eligible to sit for the Board Certified Behavior
Analyst exam. This certificate will develop knowledge
in the areas of curriculum design, Applied Behavior
Analysis, professional and ethical standards, single
subject design, and the CLM.
Courses include:

SPED 512: Foundations of Behavior
Analysis and CLM........................................................... 3
SPED 513: ABA/CLM Instructional Methods
Procedures and Tools ................................................... 3
SPED 533: ABA/CLM Program Curricula
Design and Monitoring ................................................. 3
SPED 537: Contingencies to Engineer Learning.......... 3
SPED 538: Professional & Ethical Standards.............. 3
SPED 567: Advanced Applied Behavior Analysis........... 3
SPED 637: Single Subject Design.................................... 3

Physical Facilities
The Department of Special Education is housed in a
two-story wing of Stevens Hall on the Clarion Campus. In
addition to the modern classrooms, an array of instructional
support technology is available.
In addition to the numerous computer labs across the
campus, there is a computer lab in Stevens Hall and
another in the Department of Special Education. In
the lab, students have access to a variety of instructional
and management software along with IBM hardware
and adaptive communication devices for computer and
stand-alone devices. Students have access to mainframe
computer support through the campus systems.
The department maintains ongoing cooperative relations
with numerous school districts, Intermediate Units, and
rehabilitation programs in the region, all of which are available
to assist in providing a wide array of field opportunities.

57

Release of Data from M.S.
Thesis-Publication Policy
In accordance with professional ethics, any
information from master’s research should be published or
otherwise released only in conjunction with the student’s
advisor. Publications resulting from research done at
Clarion University shall give appropriate credit to persons
involved in the research, to Clarion University, and to
any granting agencies which supported the research.

Special Education

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

58

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Speech Language
Pathology

MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE

SPEECH LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION,
HEALTH AND HUMAN
SERVICES
Department of Communication
Sciences and Disorders
Kristina Dworek, Au.D., Program Director, Chair
111 Keeling
Telephone: 814-393-2581
E-mail: kdworek@clarion.edu
Melissa Brydon, Ph.D. Graduate Coordinator,
113 Keeling
Telephone 814-393-2119
Email: mbrydon@clarion.edu
Graduate Faculty: N. Armstrong (Clinical), M. Brydon.
K. Dworek, S. Hall (Clinical), J. Jarecki-Liu, M. McCarthy
(Clinical), K. Staub

The Communication Sciences and Disorders (CSD)
Department offers a graduate program leading to a master

of science degree in speech language pathology. The
master’s of science education program in speech-language
pathology at Clarion University of Pennsylvania is
accredited by the Council on Academic Accreditation in
Audiology and Speech-Language Pathology (CAA) of the
American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, 2200
Research Boulevard #310, Rockville, Maryland 20850,
800-498-2071 or 301-296-5700.
CSD DEPARTMENT MISSION STATEMENT
The mission of the Communication Sciences and
Disorders Department is to provide a high quality,
academic and clinical education which enables program
graduates to become competent, fully credentialed speechlanguage pathologists serving the needs of the region and
Commonwealth.
CSD Department Vision Statement
The Communication Sciences and Disorders
Department is dedicated to: 1) preparing students, using
evidence based best practices, with the knowledge and
skills needed to effectively work with communicatively
impaired individuals in a variety of clinical environments,

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

59

2) academic and clinical teaching excellence within the
program, offering students quality, inter-disciplinary
educational opportunities and experiences, 3) providing
a variety of effective clinical services to the community at
large, and 4) developing educated consumers of research
who are committed to lifelong learning and professional
development.

rehabilitation; three credits in augmentative
and alternative communication; 25 clinical
observation hours; three credits in statistics;
three credits in behavioral/social sciences; three
credits in biological sciences and three credits
in chemistry or physics. Students may make up
undergraduate deficiencies.

Admission Requirements
Graduate Programs admission requirements apply with
the following additions:
• A baccalaureate degree from an acceptably
accredited college or university.
For full admission consideration:
• An overall GPA for the baccalaureate degree of
at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale.
• An overall GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale in CSD
undergraduate coursework, including all grades
for repeated courses.
• GRE scores are required.
A full-admission status is required for graduate
assistantship consideration.
For provisional admission consideration for those with
less than a 3.0 overall GPA:
• An applicant must have a minimum GPA of 2.75
on a 4.0 scale.
• GRE scores are required. A provisionally admitted
student must complete the first nine graduate
credits by earning grades of “B” or higher in each
course to continue in the program and receive a
full-admission status. Provisions of the admission
will be outlined in the admission letter.
International students must have a minimum total score
of 89 on the TOEFL iBT with the following minimum
section requirements:
• Reading
18
• Speaking 26
• Listening 21
• Writing
24

Post-baccalaureate students
• Students who do not have an undergraduate degree
in speech-language pathology may apply to the
graduate program as a post-baccalaureate student.
• Admission criteria is the same as above.
• Post-baccalaureate students must maintain a 3.0
overall GPA in the undergraduate pre-requisite
courses in order to progress into graduate
coursework. Failure to meet this minimum
requirement will delay the start of the student’s
graduate program up to one (1) year and may
result in dismissal from the program.

In addition to the above requirements, all applicants
must meet the following requirements:
• A resume is required.
• Writing proficiency as demonstrated by a one-page
letter of intent.
• Three faculty and/or professional recommendations;
recommendation forms should document
applicant’s potential and/or effectiveness in
specialization area and/or professional
performance.
• Successful Personal Interview
• Twelve semester hours of credit in courses
related to normal development and the sciences
related to the use of speech, hearing, and
language; three credits in speech pathology;
three credits in language disorders; six credits
in audiology, including three credits in aural

General Regulations and Procedures
Advisement. Upon acceptance into the program,
students will be assigned to a departmental advisor. The
student and his or her advisor will plan a program of study.
This plan will be filed and maintained in the student’s
academic file. Students must meet with their academic
advisor every semester to pre-register for courses.
Grades. An average grade of “B” (3.0/4.0) is required.
Graduate Courses. Graduate courses are numbered
in the 500s. Some courses open to undergraduates (400
numbers) may be taken for graduate credit by permission
of the student’s advisor. A maximum of six credits at the
400-level may be taken for graduate credit and applied
toward a graduate degree. Please note that 400-level
courses taken for undergraduate credit cannot be repeated
for graduate credit.
Specific Requirements
• The student must fulfill all general requirements
for the degree and complete a minimum of 50
semester hours of credit for the degree.
• The graduate student majoring in speech language
pathology will complete a minimum of 38 credits
in communication sciences and disorders courses,
including CSD 500, 505, 510, 512, 513, 520,
525, 530, 535, 540, 550, 554, 589, and 592.
Students also must complete 12 credits of CSD
522 externship.
• The graduate student majoring in speech
language pathology must successfully pass a
comprehensive examination.
Options. Thesis, research, and academic programs are
available. The decision as to whether a given student shall
follow one program or the other rests with the department,
as it considers the recommendations of the advisor and

Speech Language
Pathology

Degree Requirements

60

Speech Language
Pathology

the request of the student. The student will complete an
approved program under one of the following options:
Thesis Option: Fifty-three semester hours, including
six credits in CSD 590. After the completion of a
satisfactory thesis, the candidate will be asked to make
an oral defense of this thesis before a faculty committee.
Research Option: Fifty semester hours, including
three credits in CSD 590. This option does not require a
thesis, but does require a research paper or project.
Academic: Fifty semester hours. To complete the
degree:
• Clinical proficiency must be demonstrated.
• Two externships in a clinic and/or public school
are necessary to satisfactorily complete the clinic
clock hours required for the degree. Students
must have a cumulative QPA of 3.00, must be
in good academic standing, and must be making
satisfactory progress toward the degree to be
permitted to enroll in the extemship program.
• Academic and clinical practicum requirements for
the Certificate of Clinical Competency in SpeechLanguage Pathology of the American SpeechLanguage-Hearing Association must be fulfilled.
• Students who wish to obtain a Pennsylvania
Teaching Certificate for Speech and Language
Impaired or Educational Specialist Certificate for
Speech and Language Pathologist must obtain a
master’s degree in speech language pathology,
must complete an externship in the public schools,
and must complete CSD 554: Professional
Practicum or have had a commensurate course.
In addition, the student must pass all Praxis Series
Tests required by the Pennsylvania Department
of Education. Applications for these tests can be
obtained at www.ets.org/praxis.
Speech Language Pathology (MS) Outcomes
1. Students will demonstrate adequate knowledge of
principles of basic science and normal development
in relation to speech, language and hearing for entry
level into the profession.
2. Students will demonstrate knowledge of
characteristics, etiologies, diagnostic and treatment
methods for each disorder area within the scope of
practice for Speech Language Pathology.
3. Students will be able to apply and integrate
discipline-specific knowledge to develop and
implement appropriate diagnostic and clinical
management plans, providing services resulting
in evidence-based practice in speech language
pathology.
4. Students will demonstrate knowledge of professional
and ethical standards of conduct.

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Degree Requirements
Students enrolled in the Speech Language Pathology
Graduate Program are required to undergo a physical
examination at the university Health Center before
completing any clinical assignment at an off-campus
site. The physical examination must include a record
of immunity to tetanus, rubeola (red measles), mumps,
rubella (German or three-day measles) and varicella
(chicken pox). It also must include proof of freedom from
active tuberculosis. Additionally, students should show
proof of immunity to Hepatitis B. Students who do not
show proof of current immunizations will not be permitted
to enroll in CSD 522 Externship.
Placement
The faculty and the university’s Career Services Center
assist graduates of the program in finding professional
positions in public and private schools, colleges
and universities, hospitals, research centers, health
departments, clinical service centers, industry, or private
practice. Graduates of the program have historically
enjoyed excellent professional placement.
Externship
Six-credit externships are available in a wide variety
of environments to augment the classroom experiences
and broaden clinical experiences. Students must complete
two six-credit externships, one in a school setting and one
in a medical setting.
Physical Facilities
The academic component of the department is housed
in the first floor of the Keeling Health Center. Facilities
include classrooms, a speech science/anatomy and
physiology lab, a microcomputer lab, a library which
includes a large variety of videotape resources, a student
study area, and departmental and faculty offices.
An independent Speech and Hearing Clinic is located
on the ground floor of the Keeling Health Center and
includes individual and group clinic rooms, a conference
and seminar room, an audiological suite, a clinical
instrumentation laboratory, a student study area, a
reception area, videotaping facilities, and a closed circuit
digital video clinical monitoring system.

61

Course Descriptions

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

GRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ACTG 451

ACTG 453

ACTG 463

ACTG 484

ACTG 491

ACTG 499

Actg Problems
3.00
A problem-oriented study of topics most often tested
on the CPA exam. Includes inventory methods, longterm contracts, partnership, leases, consignments,
installment sales, receivership, fiduciary accounting, and
governmental accounting. Preparations for the practice
portion of the CPA exam are emphasized. Prerequisite:
ACTG 350. Spring Semester.
Prob Fed Tax Actg
3.00
Examines federal income tax concepts and compliance
problems of partnerships, corporations, estates, and
trusts. Briefly considers Social Security, estate, and gift
taxation. Prerequisite: ACTG 353.
Tax Planning
3.00
Acquaints students with tax planning techniques that
can be used to accomplish an individual’s financial
goals. Enables students to suggest actions that
fit the individual’s financial priorities based on an
understanding of financial position, cash flow and
income, gift and estate tax matters.
Internal Audit Practicum
3.00
This course provides students with exposure to the very
tasks they will undertake in the world of internal auditing.
They will have the opportunity to perform the tasks that
associates/staff accountants are often given in their
first year of employment. Such tasks will be varied, to
include risk assessment, preparation of audit programs,
correspondence with management, conducting internal
audits, and preparation of audit reports. Prerequisite:
ACTG 474. Offered as needed.
Certified Internal Audit Overview
3.00
This course provides students with the required
knowledge to be able to take and pass the Certified
Internal Audit (CIA) examination. Students will learn
about the examination, how to qualify to take the exam,
how to study for all four parts of the exam, and how
to became a CIA. Prerequisite: ACTG 474. Offered as
needed.
Special Topics in Actg
3.00
Presents various current topics affecting accounting
practice and theory. Covers different topics from
year to year as subjects of importance are identified.
Prerequisite: ACTG 351 or consent of instructor.

ACTG 500 Financial Actg
2.00
A study of the principles and procedures for collecting,
recording, summarizing, and reporting financial
information. Each semester.
ACTG 501 Managerial Accounting
2.00
This graduate level course analyzes aspects of
accounting that aid managers. It includes budgeting,
cost behavior and systems, alternate choice decisions,
international accounting aspects, and cash flow.
Prerequisites: ACTG 251 or ACTG 500. Offered as
needed.
ACTG 502 Intermediate Accounting
3.00
Explores accounting theory and practice. Includes
accounting for current assets, investments, plant and
equipment, and intangibles. Emphasizes developing
the student’s technical and problem-solving ability.
Prerequisites: ACTG 501. Offered as needed.
ACTG 505 Federal Taxation
2.00
Examines federal income, estate, and gift taxation.
Considers problems of compliance with the law by
individuals, partnerships, corporations, estates, and
trusts. Prerequisites: ACTG 252 or ACTG 501. Offered
as needed.
ACTG 506 Auditing I
2.00
A study of the purposes, the ethical and legal
environment, financial analysis, and selected auditing
techniques and procedures. A special emphasis will be
placed upon developing the student’s technical writing
ability. Prerequisites: ACTG 350 or ACTG 502. Offered
as needed.
ACTG 552 Management Accounting
3.00
A graduate course for non-accounting majors which
deals with the application of concepts and tools of
accounting analysis necessary for planning, control, and
decision-making functions of national and multinational
organizations. Topics include financial statement
analysis and interpretation, budgeting, standards, and
forecasting. Prerequisites: ACTG 251.
ACTG 553 Personal Taxation
3.00
This course examines federal income taxation of
individuals. The course explains the requirements
of preparing Form 1040 and supporting forms and
schedules. It stresses how to comply with applicable

Course Descriptions

400 Level courses available for graduate credit appear on the schedule of classes with a G at the end of the course number (ie. ACTG 451G)
The maximum number of 400 level courses accepted toward degree requirements varies among the graduate programs.

62

Course Descriptions

ACTG 555

ACTG 564

ACTG 565

ACTG 650

ACTG 653

ACTG 654

Course Descriptions

ACTG 661

ACTG 663

ACTG 664

ACTG 680

CLARION UNIVERSITY

tax law and how to deal with the administration of such
laws. Prerequisite: Financial Accounting.
Internal Control
3.00
This course examines internal control of an organization.
The course considers the role internal control plays
in the audit of financial statements, and in forensic
accounting and the detection of fraud. Prerequisite:
ACTG 251 Financial Accounting or ACTG 354 Auditing.
Offered as needed.
Advanced Auditing
3.00
An advanced study of current topics in auditing. The
course is intended to develop more complex issues than
those encountered in an introductory auditing course.
Topics include current audit influences, special problems
with audit reports, SEC practice, computer auditing,
and related topics. Prerequisite: ACTG 354 (or its
equivalent).
Auditing II
3.00
This course covers auditing of sales and collections
cycle, acquisitions, payroll and personnel, Inventory and
warehousing, capital acquisitions and repayments, and
cash and financial instruments. In addition, completing
the audit and other assurance services (Including
SSARA). Internal and operational audits are also
introduced. Prerequisite: ACTG 354 - Auditing I. Offered
as needed.
Theory of Accounts
3.00
A study of past and contemporary accounting theories.
The course is concerned with the historical development
of accounting and its evolution to present times.
Present-day accounting concepts are critically examined
from the standpoint of how well they serve the needs of
those who use the products of accounting. Prerequisite:
ACTG 351 (or its equivalent) or permission of the
instructor.
Research Fed Taxation
3.00
A study of federal tax law emphasizing the underlying
philosophy of the law. Research procedures and
techniques in the handling of complicated problems
in tax practice and tax planning will be set forth.
Prerequisite: ACTG 453 (or its equivalent) or permission
of the instructor.
Comparative Accounting Systems
3.00
Helps students develop a holistic approach to the
concepts and practices for the examination and
exploration of accounting systems. Discusses
specialized accounting systems in detail, depending on
the interest and desires of students. Prerequisites: CIS
217 and ACTG 350.
International Accounting
3.00
Studies the influence of cultural values on the practice
and theory of accounting and developing sensitivity to
the differences and similarities of different accounting
systems. Includes consolidation, translation of
foreign currency statements, inflation, replacement
cost accounting of global-oriented corporations and
harmonization of accounting standards. Prerequisite:
ACTG 252.
Business Taxation
3.00
The course examines federal income taxation of
business entities, including partnerships, S-corporations,
estate, and trusts. The course explains the requirements
of preparing Forms 1165, 1120S, 1041 and supporting
forms and schedules. It stresses how to comply with
applicable tax law and how to deal wit the administration
of such laws. Prerequisite: Financial Accounting.
Forensic Accounting and Fraud
3.00
This course examines the topics of forensic accounting
and fraud. The course explains the procedures to
conduct a forensic investigation and detect fraud by
assessing risk factors and the internal control structure.
It stresses the responsibility and liability of both
management and the auditor. Prerequisite: ACTG 554
Advanced Auditing or ACTG 354 Auditing. Offered as
needed.
Accounting Practicum
3.00
This course provides students with exposure to the
very tasks they will undertake in the world of public

accounting. They will have the opportunity to perform
the tasks that associates/staff accountants are often
given in their first year of employment. Such tasks
will be varied, to include financial accounting, payroll,
income tax and auditing. Any graduate students taking
this course will be assigned extra work to make their
experience commensurate with a graduate course.
The extra work will consist of a project designed by
the faculty teaching the course. The project will involve
any aspect of auditing, taxation, financial accounting,
or a combination of those topics that is relevant to
staff accountants within their first year of employment.
The project could be in the form of a case, working
paper or tax return completion, a comprehensive
problem involving a component of auditing, taxation, or
financial accounting, or any such project that the faculty
deems to be both relevant to the students’ success in
entering the field of accounting and also of a sufficient
magnitude to distinguish a graduate level course from
an undergraduate level course. Prerequisite: ACTG 354,
Auditing I or ACTG 353, Income Taxation. Offered as
needed.
ACTG 690 Public Accounting
3.00
The course is the capstone course in the Master of
Accountancy program. It is a culmination of all of the
courses taken in the program. Specifically, the areas
of Auditing and Attestation, Financial Accounting and
Reporting, Regulation, and Business Environment
and Concepts. These are the four areas of the uniform
Certified Public Accounting exam. Although each of
these four areas is covered in detail throughout the
program, this course will focus on preparing the student
to widen their knowledge of each of the four areas
so that they are prepared to pass the uniform CPA
examination. Prerequisite: Financial Accounting.
ATSW 545 Management of Lower extremity Injuries
4.00
This course entails the study of the recognition,
differential diagnosis, evaluation techniques and
special testing of injuries to the lower extremities.
Review of anatomy, injury recognition, muscle testing,
treatment protocols and preventative measures are
also examined. These processes and procedures
will be demonstrated in the lab setting. Prerequisites:
Admittance to AT Masters Program. Offered spring
annually.
ATTR 510 Clinical Practicum I
2.00
This course is designed to allow students the
opportunity to develop clinical proficiency in acute
management, clinical evaluation and treatment
through patient care during a 7-week clinical education
experience. Prerequisite: ATTR 525, 528 and 531.
Offered fall annually.
ATTR 511
Clinical Practicum 2
2.00
This course is designed to allow students the
opportunity to develop clinical proficiency in acute
management, clinical evaluation and rehabilitation
through direct patient interaction during a 7-week clinical
education experience. Prerequisite: ATTR 510, 549 and
560. Offered fall annually.
ATTR 512 Clinical Practicum III
2.00
This course is designed to allow students the
opportunity to develop clinical proficiency in the delivery
of athletic training knowledge and skills through direct
patient interaction during a 7-week clinical education
experience. Prerequisite: ATTR 510, 511, 530. Offered
spring annually.
ATTR 525 Applied Anatomy for the Athletic Trainer 2.00
This course is designed to provide the student with
knowledge in functional anatomy, kinesiology, and
applied movement strategies. Understanding of tissue
structure and function along with basic neuromuscular
assessment techniques such as palpation, range of
motion, and muscular testing will be emphasized in this
course. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: Admission into MSAT.
ATTR 528 Foundational Skills in Athletic Training
3.00
This course is designed to provide students with basic
knowledge and understanding of common injuries and
illnesses associated with an active population. Students
will also develop skills in emergency management,

ATTR 560 Evidence Based Assessment & Intervention of
the Knee
2.00
This course provides an introduction to the current
evidence and best practices related to the recognition,
evaluation, and therapeutic rehabilitation of injuries
pertaining to the Knee and surrounding areas.
Prerequisites: ATTR 525, 528, 531. Offered fall, yearly.
ATTR 562 Evidence Based Assessment & Intervention of
the Foot & Ankle
2.00
This course provides an introduction to the current
evidence and best practices related to the recognition,
evaluation, and therapeutic rehabilitation of injuries
pertaining to the lower leg, ankle, foot, and surrounding
areas. Prerequisites: ATTR 560, 549, 510. Offered fall,
yearly.
ATTR 564 Evidence Based Assessment & Intervention of
the Shoulder
2.00
This course provides an introduction to the current
evidence and best practices related to the recognition,
evaluation, and therapeutic rehabilitation of injuries
pertaining to the shoulder and surrounding areas.
Prerequisites: ATTR 560, 549, 510. Offered fall, yearly.
ATTR 566 Evidence Based Assessment & Intervention of
the Head & Thorax
2.00
This course provides an introduction to the current
evidence and best practices related to the recognition,
evaluation, and therapeutic rehabilitation of injuries
pertaining to the head, neck, thoracic spine, and
surrounding areas. Prerequisites: ATTR 511, 562, 564.
Offered spring, yearly.
ATTR 568 Evidence Based Assessment & Intervention of
the Spine & Sacrum
2.00
This course provides an introduction to the current
evidence and best practices related to the recognition,
evaluation, and therapeutic rehabilitation of injuries
pertaining to the lumbar spine, sacrum, and surrounding
areas. Prerequisites: ATTR 511, 562, 564. Offered
spring, yearly.
ATTR 570 Evidence Based Assessment & Intervention of
the Hip & Pelvis
2.00
This course provides an introduction to the current
evidence and best practices related to the recognition,
evaluation, and therapeutic rehabilitation of injuries
pertaining to the hip, pelvis, and surrounding areas.
Prerequisites: ATTR 530, 566, 568. Offered spring,
yearly.
ATTR 572 Evidence Based Assessment & Intervention of
the Elbow, Wrist & Hand
2.00
This course provides an introduction to the current
evidence and best practices related to the recognition,
evaluation, and therapeutic rehabilitation of injuries
pertaining to the elbow, wrist, hand, and surrounding
areas. Prerequisites: ATTR 530,566,568. Offered spring,
yearly.
ATTR 621 Current Topics in Athletic Training
2.00
This course will explore emerging topics in patient
care and the role of advanced clinical practice in
the development of clinical knowledge and skills.
Prerequisite: ATTR 512, 570, 572. Offered summer,
yearly.
ATTR 660 Management of Upper Extremity Injuries 4.00
This course entails the study of evaluation techniques
of injuries to the upper extremities. Review of anatomy,
injury recognition, muscle testing, treatment protocols
and preventative measures are also examined. This
processes and procedures will be demonstrated in the
lab setting. Prerequisite: AT Master’s prerequisites.
Offered fall annually.
ATTR 665 Therapeutic Exercise
4.00
This course includes the principles methods, theories,
and application of rehabilitation techniques as they
relate to athletic injuries. A focus will be placed on the
design of rehabilitative exercise prescriptions based
upon joint specificity and the healing phases of tissue.
Prerequisite: Admittance to AT Master’s program.
Offered fall annually.

Course Descriptions

acute care, injury prevention, environmental
considerations, risk management, protective equipment
and mechanisms of trauma. Prerequisite: Admission to
MSAT. Offered summer, yearly.
ATTR 530 Advanced Movement Dysfunction & Corrective
Exercise
2.00
This course will investigate the nuances of dysfunctional
human movement and pattern recognition. Various
assessment techniques and corrective strategies will be
explored. This course is intended to provide healthcare
professionals with the necessary knowledge base,
understanding of theory and concepts and application
to objectively evaluate human movement, performance
and recovery of patients. Prerequisite: Prerequisites.
ATTR 549, 510 and 511. Offered spring annually.
ATTR 531 Principles of Orthopedic Assessment
2.00
The course highlights the study, theory and techniques
of evaluation of orthopedic injuries. Emphasis on
a systematic approach to orthopedic assessment,
including neurological evaluations, palpation
techniques, strength testing, range of motion, circulatory
assessment, special tests and postural evaluation for
the injured population. Prerequisite: Admission to MSAT.
Offered summer, yearly.
ATTR 535 Foundations in Athletic Training
3.00
This course introduces students to the history of athletic
training and will provide the student with a thorough
understanding of common injuries and illnesses
associated with an athletic and active population.
Students will be introduced to the methods of evaluation
and differential diagnosis. Prerequisite: Admittance to AT
Mater’s Program. Offered fall.
ATTR 540 Acute Emergency Care of Athletic Injuries 3.00
This course will primarily focus on the 3rd domain of
athletic training: Immediate and Emergency Care.
Students will become proficient in the necessary
critical thinking skills required to deliver emergency
medical treatments. Upon completion of this course,
the student will have in depth knowledge and possess
the necessary skill to deliver life saving measures
in the time of emergency. Prerequisite: AT Master’s
prerequisites. Offered fall annually.
ATTR 545 Management of Lower Extremity Injuries
4.00
This course entails the study of the recognition,
differential diagnosis, evaluation techniques and
special testing of injuries to the lower extremities.
Review of anatomy, injury recognition, muscle testing,
treatment protocols and preventative measures are also
examined. These processes and procedures will be
demonstrated in the lab setting. Prerequisite: Admittance
to AT Masters program. Offered spring annually.
ATTR 549 Therapeutic Interventions
2.00
This course provides an introduction to the theory and
implementation of therapeutic exercise, therapeutic
modalities, and rehabilitation techniques for the
physically active from the time of injury back to activities
of daily living. Topics included tissue response to injury,
general rehabilitation principles and guidelines, patient
reported outcomes, and progressive therapeutic and
modality techniques. Prerequisites: ATTR 525, 528, 531.
Offered fall, yearly.
ATTR 550 Kinesiology for the Athletic Trainer
3.00
This course is based on the scientific, evidence-based,
and clinical foundations of athletic training and sports
medicine. Kinesiology utilizes principles of mechanics,
musculoskeletal anatomy, and neuromuscular
physiology. This course will prepare student to analyze
movement in order to properly prescribe, teach and
correct, as well as rehabilitate and improve human
performance and fitness levels. Prerequisite: Admittance
to AT Mater’s program. Offered spring annually.
ATTR 555 Therapeutic Modalities
4.00
This course presents the role of therapeutic
interventions in altering the body’s response to
pathological conditions, Upon completion of the course,
students will be proficient in applying therapeutic
modalities to aide in the healing process of injured
tissue. Prerequisites: Admittance to At Master’s
program. Offered spring annually.

63

Course Descriptions

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

64

Course Descriptions
Course Descriptions

Psychosocial Interventions in Athletic Training
3.00
The course is designed to assist athletic trainers in
identifying strategies and resources to assist patients
with stressors that emerge as a result of injury or
rehabilitation process. Identification of both physical and
psychological barriers is necessary in order to provide
a comprehensive rehabilitation program. Pregrquisites:
ATTR 680, 685, 695. Offered spring, yearly.
ATTR 670 Exercise Physiology
3.00
This course involves the application of beginning and
more advanced anatomical and physiological processes
to human movement, physical performance, and
rehabilitation. Prerequisite: Admittance to AT Master’s
program. Offered fall annually.
ATTR 675 Diagnosis and Disposition of Illnesses in the
Physically Active
3.00
This course provides basic procedures in the
recognition, treatment, and management of general
medical conditions. Students obtain the knowledge
and skills needed to recognize, assess, and manage
illnesses of the physically active individual and to
recognize the need for a medical referral when
appropriate. Prerequisite: ATTR 510, 511, 512, 525.
Offered summer annually.
ATTR 680 Research and Evidence Based Practice Capstone
3.00
This course will guide the student through the initial
steps of developing a Capstone research project,
selecting and developing the methodology for the
intended research, and to introduce basic statistical
analysis appropriate to the research being conducted.
Prerequisite: AT Master’s prerequisites. Offered spring
annually.
ATTR 685 Pharmacology & Supplements in Sport
3.00
Students examine the pathophysiology of general
medical conditions and the pharmacological
interventions used in the management of disease and
disability, the management an administration of over
the counter and prescription medications, performance
enhancing substances, their pharmacokinetics and
pharmacodynamics, and how physical activity is altered
by their use and abuse. Prerequisite: AT Master’s
Prerequisites. Offered spring annually.
ATTR 690 AT Professional Development, Administration
and Leadership
2.00
This course addresses the administration and
organization of athletic training facilities. Students will
learn basic management theory, budget preparation,
purchase of equipment/modalities, legal and ethical
considerations, athletic training facility design, medical
record keeping, risk management, and public relations.
Students will also learn professional development
and continuing standards required for the profession.
Prerequisites: ATTR 512, 570, 572. Offered spring
annually.
ATTR 695 Clinical Immersion I
4.00
This course is designed to provide athletic training
students with real-time patient interactions to develop
clinical proficiency in the delivery of athletic training
skills through a 15-week immersion rotation experience.
Prerequisites: ATTR 621, 675, 690. Offered fall, yearly.
ATTR 696 Clinical Immersion II
4.00
This course is designed to provide athletic training
students with real-time patient interactions to develop
clinical proficiency in the delivery of athletic training
skills through a 15-week immersion rotation experience.
Prerequisites: ATTR 680, 685, 695. Offered spring,
yearly.
ATTR 698 Capstone in Athletic Training
3.00
This course is designed to be the capstone for the
didactic courses and clinical experiences across the
curriculum. Advanced topics are explored to prepare
students for the Board of Certification Examination and
progression to clinical practice. Prerequisites: ATTR
680, 685, 695. Offered spring, yearly.
BCHM 453 Biochemistry
3.00
A study of the chemical properties of proteins, nucleic
acids, carbohydrates, and lipids. An introduction to
bioenergetics and carbohydrate metabolism. In addition,

CLARION UNIVERSITY

ATTR 667

BCHM 454

BCHM 463

BSAD 503

BSAD 574

BSAD 637

BSAD 661

BSAD 690

students will gain an understanding of biomolecule
structure/function relationships, basic biochemical and
energetic pathways, and how biochemical energy is
processed for survival. The ultimate goal of this course
is for the student to gain knowledge and understanding
of biochemical principles in order to think critically,
analytically, and creatively in applying these principles
to solving problems. Prerequisite: CHEM 251 or 254.
Three hours lecture. Fall, annually.
Biochemistry II
3.00
This course is a continuation of CHEM 453. Topics will
include carbohydrate, lipid and amino acid metabolism,
bioenergetics, vitamins and minerals, control and
regulation of metabolic pathways, and the nature of
metabolic and genetic diseases. Prerequisite: CHEM
453. Three hours lecture. Spring annually.
Biochem Lab
1.00
Experiments involving the major techniques in modern
biochemistry. Emphasizes separation and purification
techniques, kinetic studies, quantitative determinations,
and analytical instrumentation in biochemistry and
biotechnology. Co/Prerequisite: BCHM 453. Three hours
laboratory. Fall annually.
Quant Anal for Bus Dec
3.00
Quantitative techniques and models which can be used
for solving many of the problems that arise in business.
Techniques include simple and multiple regression
analysis, experimental design and analysis of variance,
nonparametric tests, time series analysis, decision
theory. Opportunity is provided for students to become
familiar with the use of several computer statistical
software packages. Applications include domestic and
international situations. Prerequisites: MBA Foundations
courses in Economics and Business Statistics and
Business Mathematics. Basic computer competency is
required.
Legal and Ethical Issues of Healthcare
3.00
This course provides an overview of the legal oversight
and regulation of the U.S. health care system. The
discussion examines the principle and practical
applications of the laws that shape the decisions of
providers, products, and markets for healthcare while
taking into consideration the social and ethical issues
that arise with policy implementation. No prior study of
law is required. Offered as needed.
Multinational Business Seminar
6.00
This course incorporates an established program
involving a consortium of American universities
called the International Business Seminar. The
program involves a variety of trips to different nations
for meetings with top-level executives of various
organizations. The program is supplemented with a
series of meetings with the instructors both before and
after returning from the trips. Individual assignments
are made, and a text which includes topical materials
is provided. The assignments are of a graduate-level
caliber, and are expected to produce presentable and/
or publishable papers. Participation in seminars is
expected to be at the graduate level. Should the student
take this course for six credits, additional research will
be required such that the student would be able to
demonstrate graduate-level competency in one select
area of international business. The area chosen will
be mutually acceptable to both the instructor and the
student, and the instructor will guide the studen
Global Environ of Business
3.00
This course is designed to provide the MBA student
with an understanding of the concepts, tools, and
issues related to the strategic management of a modern
business organization in the global environment.
Students will be exposed to characteristics of the
international business environment in relation to core
theories of international business. The skills needed by
managers to make informed ethical business decisions
in a diverse and complex global environment will be
stressed. Prerequisites: MBA foundation course in
Macroeconomics.
Strategic Mgmt & Bus Policy
3.00
Examines the set of managerial decisions and actions

COM 441

COM 443

COM 518

COM 523

COM 524

COM 525

COM 538

COM 551

COM 552

events. Specific topics include promotions of broadcast,
print and new media sports programming and live
coverage, promotions for live events and remote
broadcast publicity. Prerequisite: COM 148.
Adv Media Writing
3.00
Extensive work in research, writing, and marketing of
written products for magazines, newspapers, and other
publications. Requires selection and acquisition of
appropriate photographs and graphics to complement
the articles. Prerequisites: COM 140. Spring, annually.
Public Relations Writing
3.00
Provides students with instruction and experience
in writing for the public relations and advertising
professions. Projects include news releases, media
kits, advertisements, newsletters, brochures, and web
pages. Coursework also stresses ethical and legal
responsibilities of the public relations writer, research,
persuasion, and visual elements of communication.
Prerequisites: COM 100 and 140.
Event Planning and Publicity
3.00
This course identifies the theories and techniques
of event planning and using integrated strategic
communication. It employs the many facets of creating,
planning and executing an event including managing
the timeline, budgeting, promotion, site selection and
affiliated costs. Students will create and evaluate
an event plan by employing specific communication
strategies connected to event planning, such as
targeting media and audiences with ethical and diversity
considerations.
Social Media Foundations
3.00
This course focuses on the foundations of social media
for professional communications in a global society.
Topics including applicable mass media theory social
media history and trends, writing for social media and
implementing a successful small scale social media
campaign. students will create a single channel social
media campaign and participate in a synchronous
presentation activity.
Crit Analy of Mass Media
3.00
This course focuses on critical frames of analysis
applied to various mass media messages, such as film,
recordings, television, and print media. Rhetorical,
semiotic, idealogical, and dramatistic modes of analysis
are applied in historical and current media contexts.
Focus may be made on a specific medium.
Mass Communication Theory
3.00
This course provides introduction and examination
of the major theories relevant in the study of mass
communication. Students understand the application
and relevance of these theories in the industries,
practices and effects of the mass media.
Health Communication Foundation
3.00
This course focuses on the foundations of health
communication, including basic definitions of health and
wellness, relationships and their impact on total health
as well as the use of information to bring about behavior
change. Students will explore health advocacy, health
communication research and analyze the impact of
relationships on health and wellness.
Public Relations Foundations
3.00
Focuses on the roles and responsibilities of public
relations professionals, theories and prniciples of public
relations, and public relations programming. Students
will work to develop knowledge, expertise and skills that
lead to professional competence in the field. As part
of their study, students will also consider the legal and
ethical dimensions of public relations.
Journalism Foundations
3.00
Provides students with a historical, theoretical
and practical overview of the traditional principles
and practices of journalism and an analysis of the
applicability of those characteristics in today’s media
environment. This course will focus on a critical
examination of the history, principles and practices of
American journalism. It will address the functions of the
press in a democratic society, and students will examine
the structure and nature of the press and media’s

Course Descriptions

that determine the long-run performance of an
organization. Emphasizes the integrative concerns of
business policy, environmental and strategic analyses,
and creating competitive advantage. Taken last MBA
semester. Prerequisite: ACTG 552, BSAD 503, ECON
510, FIN 570, MGMT 521, and MKTG 560.
BSAD 699 Special Problems
6.00
A thorough study of a business topic selected by the
student from his or her area of major interest. It may
take the form of research, readings, practical on-site
applications, or a combination of these. Findings must
be presented in a written paper which the student
may be required to defend orally before a committee
of graduate faculty and/or graduate students.
Prerequisites: One or more graduate courses in the area
from which the special project is selected, and consent
of the student’s advisor.
CHEM 485 Prob Chem Ed
3.00
In-depth exploration of a problem area in chemistry
education according to the student’s need or interest
under the direction of a faculty member. Admission only
by consent of instructor and approval of department
chair. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of the
department. Not open to chemistry majors in the liberal
arts or Bachelor of Science curriculum.
CIS 520
Intro to Data Warehousing
3.00
This course provides students with the practical
skills necessary to understand and implement a data
warehouse to support decision-making. Data warehouse
development methodology and issues surrounding the
planning of the date warehouse will be investigated
as well as data quality and metadata in the data
warehouse. A hands-on project is required including the
analysis, transformation and loading of data into a data
warehouse and the development of the data architecture
and physical design. Prerequisite: DA 510 and a
statistics course. Offered fall semesters.
CIS 535
Machine Learning
3.00
This course introduces various machine learning
concepts and algorithms. Students will learn about the
basics of machine learning as well as how machine
learning is used during interactions in their everyday
lives. Students will also be exposed to machine learning
through a programming framework of GUI application
(for example, Weka). Although machine learning
is inherently mathematical, this course focuses on
understanding algorithms at a high level and being able
to apply and compare them rather that the low-level
mathematics or implementations. Prerequisite: CIS 202
or DA 202 or equivalent.
CIS 570
Project Management
3.00
Introduces students to basic project management
concepts and reinforces those concepts through
the use of project management software. Provides
students with the knowledge and skills necessary
to plan, organize and control projects. Key topics
include monitoring and controlling schedules, progress
reporting, risk management, quality management, cost
management as well as contracting and procurement.
Graduate students will analyze a case study; present it
to the class; and provide a 10-15 page written report on
the case study analysis to the instructor.
COM 431
Public Relations Ethics
3.00
Addresses ethics and professional responsibility in
public relations. Through study of theory, cases and
current events, students will learn to identify the ethical
and moral dimensions of issues that arise in the practice
of public relations. Students will gain the knowledge and
skills necessary to reach and justify ethical decisions,
and a sense of personal and professional responsibility.
Prerequisites: COM 140, COM 315 and COM 443, with
a grade of C or above in each course. Annually
COM 432 Sport PrSomotion and Publicity
3.00
Focuses on integrated strategic communication for
sports. After successfully completing this course,
students will: design a promotional plan featuring a
sports team, evaluate a PR situation and provide a plan
of action, plan a promotions that are in and out of venue,
and develop publicity materials for sporting teams and

65

Course Descriptions

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

66

Course Descriptions

COM 558

COM 559

COM 572

COM 573

COM 574

COM 575

Course Descriptions

COM 591

COM 599

COM 602

COM 603

CLARION UNIVERSITY

relationship with government and the public.
Society, Law & Media Tch
3.00
This course will examine the social impact and
regulation of media technology in society. The course
will explore the relationships between societal uses
of media technology, the law that addresses media
technology issues and the role of media in larger
communication and mass media systems.
Mgmt Comm Process
3.00
This course will define and apply the general principles
of management-planning, organizing, staffing, directing
and controlling - to the design and administration of
communication organizations and communication
functions. This course relates behavioral variables to
the understanding and motivation of employees.
Design WWW Media
3.00
This course will prepare students to design web-based
media. Students will learn to structure web sites, layout
copy, use color and text effectively, position images,
and deploy sound and video on pages as necessary.
Publ Relat Ethics & Prof Resp
3.00
Addresses the ethical and moral dimensions of the
public relations practice, and prepares students to
understand the ethical responsibilities of the public
relations professional. Through case studies, analysis
of current events, and hands-on exercises, this course
provides students with the knowledge and skills
necessary to reach and justify ethical decisions in a
range of situations. Throughout, students work to build
a sense of personal and professional responsibility in
public relations.
Publ Rela Cases & Campaigns
3.00
Using public relations cases and campaigns as
models, this course examines the development of
public relations strategies along with the tactical
communications and actions that were instituted to
achieve organizational goals. Public relations programs
directed toward employees, the news media, the
community, the consumer, governmental officials and
agencies, stockholders and other relevant groups are
included in the course.
Principles of Integrated Communications 3.00
This course examines the theories and techniques of
integrated communications, including public relations,
advertising, marketing, sales promotions, and personal
selling. It explores how all forms of communications
work together to achieve organizational objectives
and contribute to its overall brand. In this course,
students will also learn how to research and evaluate
a company’s marketing and promotional situation, and
use this information to develop effective integrated
communications strategies and programs.
Independent Study
2.00
Allows the imaginative student to structure an
independent research project in the area of
communication with a minimum of faculty supervision. A
proposal specifying objectives, methods, and evaluation
techniques must be submitted and approved by the
student’s advisor prior to enrolling in the course. 1 or 2
credit hours.
Special Topics
3.00
Focuses on a single, broad contemporary topic of
current interest in communication and related fields.
Course content varies from semester to semester.
Topics to be considered wil be announced in advance.
May be taken three times for credit. No prerequisite.
Seminar Conflict Resolution
3.00
This course is designed to help students develop
strong communication skills for reacting, interacting,
and intervening in conflict situations. It offers a
summary and synthesis of research and theory
on conflict that guides communication choices for
effectively responding to conflict in any environment
across personal relationships, small group interactions,
management and labor, public administration, and
education.
Organizational Communication
3.00
This course is designed to help students develop

communication skills that enable them to become
change masters in the organizations and work groups
they are part of. Students will learn an analytical
framework to identify key decision variables, and ways
of behaving and communicating that allow people in
organizations to make and implement good decisions
fast. The course introduces students to issues such
as the function of communication in organizational
planning, strategy, and marketing; the role of
communication in organizational transformation and
change; the politics of communication in organizations;
communication issues in collaboration and negotiation;
communication leadership; managing email and written
communication; risk communication; cross-cultural
communication; and communication ethics. The course
also introduces students to a range of qualitative
and quantitative research methods for analyzing and
assessing communication in organizations.
COM 621
Mass Comm Research
3.00
Examines research in mass communication and
develops competencies in research methods.
Topics include statistical analysis, experimental and
survey research methods in communication, content
analysis, and evaluation of mass media technology in
communication.
COM 623 Current Topics in Social Media
3.00
This course moves beyond the basics to investigate the
most current state of social media in the global society.
Current trends are studied, international social media is
investigated, digital strategy is discussed and the dark
side of social media is uncovered to provide students
with a current take on how to best plan and implement
social media marketing techniques.
COM 638 Current Topics in Health Communication
3.00
This course expands upon the foundations of health
communication and explores current topics in the
field. Topics may include internet and mass media,
technology and electronically mediated communication
or any other current issues or trends in health
communication, Special attention is given to the impact
of current topics on the creation of mediated health
messages and/or campaigns. Prerequisite: COM 538.
COM 642 Adv Public Relations Writing
3.00
Provides advanced instruction in writing for the public
relations profession. Focuses on the methodology
and execution of specific projects including news
releases and media kits, crisis communication plans,
backgrounders, annual reports, feature stories,
speeches and presentations, and websites. Stresses
planning and research, message strategy, and ethical
and legal responsibilities. Students will produce written
pieces suitable for a professional portfolio.
COM 700 Graduate Capstone Project
6.00
Requires the student to complete either a thesis,
internship, or portfolio graduate capstone project in
communication under the supervision of a faculty
member and committee. Permission to enroll in this
capstone project is by invitation of the graduate faculty
in the Department of Communication. Three or six
credits a semester for an overall total of six credits.
Prerequisite: COM 621.
COUN 500 Seminar in Diversity Issues: Immersive Cultural
Experience
3.00
Clarion University will collaborate with ProWorld, or
a similar non-governmental organization, to host a
short-term Immersive engaged learning program.
Primary project focus will involve group and one-on-one
cross-cultural experiences and includes working with
women’s and children’s groups in building self-esteem,
skills training, tutoring and education. Sociopolitical,
socioeconomic, familial, and psychological aspects of
diversity, identity, and culture are examined through
experiential exercise. Via hands-on, real world activity
students challenge underlying assumptions, expand
functional perspectives, and develop effective skills
to work with diverse populations. Additional cultural
activities will enhance cultural knowledge and
understanding.

COUN 537

COUN 538

COUN 542

COUN 550

COUN 552

COUN 555

COUN 577

COUN 579

children will be explored. This course is designed to
provide students with the basic skills of counseling
and communication for children, adolescents, and
their caregivers. Students are expected to be actively
involved in their learning and are invited to share their
knowledge and personal experiences with the class.
Synchronous and asynchronous instructional methods
will develop counseling skills through didactic and
experiential activities. Prerequisite: COUN 530.
Career Theory and Career Counseling
3.00
This course will provide an introduction to the theory and
practice of career counseling. The information taught in
this course will focus on traditional and contemporary
theories of career development, sources of occupational
information, assessment tools, and the evaluation
process associated with career counseling.
Crisis Intervention In Counseling
3.00
This course provides professionals with information
and skills to effectively assess and intervene in crisis
situations involving clients, families, organizations and
communities. Biannually
Theories of Helping Relationships
3.00
This course provides students with the most current
assessment of the constructs, principles, and techniques
of major counseling theories. Emphasis will be given to
mainstream individual theories with some attention to
system models.
Issues in Rural Counseling
3.00
This course explores the field of human services
delivery and behavioral health care issues in rural
environments including mental health care, gerontology,
substance abuse, education, vocational rehabilitation,
disability, poverty, and the criminal justice system. The
course encompasses the various definitions of rural,
diversity of rural communities, the common challenges
faced and the professional skills needed by rural
practitioners and counselors.
Identity and Culture
3.00
The goal of this course is to expand awareness of our
multicultural society. This includes imparting knowledge
of the constructive role played by counselors in
eliminating prejudice and promoting social justice and
wellness. Self-awareness and cultural competence will
be explored. Various theories, counseling techniques,
and ethical considerations necessary for effective crosscultural counseling and assessment will be covered.
Creative and Expressive Arts Counseling
3.00
This course is designed as an examination of creative
and expressive counseling theories and interventions
applicable to counselors working with a variety of client
concerns in school and community counseling settings.
The course emphasizes the rational and research base
for creative modalities including but not limited to: music,
visual arts, writing, drama, play, humor, and animalassisted therapy. Synchronous and asynchronous
instructional methods will develop counseling skills
through didactic and experiential activities. Prerequisite:
COUN 542.
Grief and Loss Counseling
3.00
This course is designed to introduce students to the
techniques, strategies, and treatment modalities
necessary for counseling professionals planning to
work with adults, children, and families dealing with
bereavement, including other types of losses (i.e. job,
functioning, status, and others). The class will focus
on the psychological, somatic, cultural, and spiritual
aspects of grief and loss. Interventions, community
resources, and diverse religious and cultural practices
will also be covered. Offered annually.
Mind-Body Techniques in Counseling
3.00
This graduate level course is designed for students
in the clinical mental health counseling program. It
will familiarize students with the current scientific
understanding of the mind-body relationship. It will
introduce mindfulness-based techniques and help
beginning therapists learn to integrate these techniques
into their counseling practice to address client issues
commonly encountered by counseling professionals
and promote wellness in the client. The course will also

Course Descriptions

COUN 510 Group Counseling
3.00
Participants engage in the study of group development,
dynamics, theory, leadership styles, participant roles,
techniques, and evaluation of effectiveness as applied
to counseling and evidence based practice.
COUN 519 Statistical Applications and Research Methods
for Counselors
3.00
This course provides the statistical background
necessary for research design and evaluation. Topics
covered include descriptive statistics, probability, and
statistical inference. Students will become familiar with
statistical techniques including correlations, chi-square,
t-tests, analysis of variance, and simple regression.
This course provides the essential knowledge and skills
required to be both critical consumers and producers
of research. Students are introduced to all phases of
quantitative and qualitative research design, analysis,
and evaluation. Ethical standards of practitioner
generated research are emphasized throughout.
Prerequisite: Graduate Status.
COUN 522 Correctional Counseling and Assessment 3.00
This course is structured to center upon the
understanding of criminal behavior and its correlates,
assessing the individual problems and needs of various
types of offenders, and more importantly, using that
understanding and knowledge to effectively counsel and
help rehabilitate offenders. Offered Fall and Summer as
needed.
COUN 525 Clinical Tests and Measures
3.00
This course provides graduate students with theoretical
and applied knowledge of the role of testing and
measurement in counseling practice. An overview of
testing theory including test construction and issues of
validity and reliability is provided. Issues of test bias are
addressed. Students also learn the practical application
of assessment measures including intake assessments,
case studies, mental status evaluations, mental health
screenings, personality assessment, and measures of
cognitive functioning. All students will be able to select,
administer, and interpret tests that are appropriate for a
range of counseling situations. Prerequisite: Graduate
status.
COUN 530 Human Growth Across the Lifespan
3.00
This course will provide a developmental perspective of
individuals from birth to death, with the understanding
that development does not take place in isolation; rather
human development is deeply embedded within and is
inseparable fro the context of family, social network, and
culture. This course will emphasize the importance of
individual and systemic influences on human growth and
development. Class content and activities are presented
fro a social justice perspective on human development.
COUN 531 Impact of Disabling Conditions
3.00
The impact of developmental disabilities as reflected in
the function of individuals will be described. The course
covers prenatal, perinatal, and postnatal concerns, as
well as various physical disabilities, disabilities of aging,
and interventions. Prerequisite: Graduate Status.
COUN 532 Professional Orientation and Ethical Practice in
Counseling
3.00
This course identifies and examines the history and
philosophy of the counseling profession, goals and
objectives of professional counseling organizations,
various professional Codes of Ethics, professional
credentialing and licensure, role identity of types of
professional counselors, application of ethical and legal
considerations in counseling, self-care strategies, and
advocacy processes to address social and institutional
barriers that impede access, equity, and success for
clients. Self-growth experiential activities may be
associated with this course content.
COUN 535 Counseling Children and Adolescents
3.00
This course is designed to provide students with a
theoretical foundation and working knowledge of
contemporary counseling interventions for children
and adolescents. Specific childhood issues, treatment
strategies, interactions with school systems, and
the power dynamics involved in working with young

67

Course Descriptions

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

68

Course Descriptions

COUN 580

COUN 581

COUN 585

COUN 586

COUN 587

Course Descriptions

COUN 591

COUN 592

COUN 593

CLARION UNIVERSITY

address how mind-body techniques can be used in
counselor self-care to prevent burnout and compassion
fatigue and promote wellness in their lives both
personally and professionally.
Intervention Strategies: Counseling Skills and
Techniques
3.00
This course will focus on the development of counseling
skills with an emphasis on understanding the subjectivity
of both client and therapist. Specific techniques to
a variety of therapies such as Cognitive Behavioral
therapy, Motivational Interviewing, Gestalt therapy and
Psychodynamic therapy will be covered. Students
are required to meet in-person at Clarion University
for one week during the semester for 4.5 hours daily.
Class times to be determined prior to the semester and
published in the course schedule.
Counseling of Persons Living with HIV/AIDS3.00
The course provides an overview of rehabilitation issues
involved in working with people living with HIV/AIDS.
Topics will include an overview of the medical aspects of
the virus. Special emphasis will be placed on issues of
rehabilitation, including mental health, substance abuse,
support networks, social relationships, and employment.
Spec Topics In Rehab Science
3.00
Study of topical material reflecting new ideas,
knowledge, or methods relevant to Rehabilitative
Sciences. Course content will vary from semester to
semester. Topics will be announced in advance.
Addiction and Dual Diagnosis
3.00
The course provides an overview of clinical issues
involved in working with clients who suffer from comorbid substance use and major psychiatric disorders.
Topics include assessment, counseling, prevalence,
health care policy, and social stigma.
Addiction Counseling and Interventions
3.00
This elective course is a companion to COUN 586,
Addiction and Dual Diagnosis. Content covers issues
related to the etiology, biopsychosocial assessment
and case conceptualization, diagnosis, prevention/
resilience and treatment of addictive disorders, broadly
defined to include chemical dependency and process
addictions. Concepts that will be covered include the
history of addiction counseling to the present, differential
diagnosis according to current DSM criteria, the use
of specific assessment instruments, the role of the
counselor in treatment settings, therapeutic modalities
including stages of change, motivational interviewing,
self-help and wellness, community contest, substance
use related to ethnicity and social class, legal/ethical
issues specific to the field of addiction treatment.
Diagnosis and Treatment
3.00
This course covers principles of clinical diagnosis and
treatment of mental and emotional disorders in children
and adults. Important diagnostic tools and criteria are
reviewed, including but not limited to the current edition
of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM). This
course will also cover important treatment modalities
and appropriate placement in the available continuum
of care. Students will address multicultural and social
justice considerations of diagnosis.
Family Systems
3.00
This course provides an introduction to general systems
theory of family development and interactions as well as
providing an overview of the history of family therapy.
Students will be introduced to a variety of family systems
theories (i.e. Communications Theory, Transgenerational
Approaches, Symbolic-Experiential, Structural Theory,
Strategic Family Therapy, Social Learning Theory,
Postmodern & Constructivist Approaches), evidencebased interventions, and multicultural and ethical
considerations for working with couples and families.
This course also qualifies as a Family Studies course for
Pennsylvania, LPC licensure purposes.
Integration, Consultation, and Collaboration3.00
This course provides a general framework for
understanding, developing, and practicing consultation,
and collaboration skills as a mode of intervention and
as a distinctive modality of change. The course will
examine the historical development of consultation,

major models of consultation, and students will
demonstrate their understanding of major theoretical
models in both case presentations and a personal
model of consultation and collaboration.
COUN 594 Clinical Field Education: Practicum
3.00
This is an initial field placement in which students
work directly with clients under the supervision of
an experienced counselor. The course is designed
to increase counseling skills and confidence, and to
become familiar with the practical aspects of providing
services. A minimum of 120 hours of onsite service
is required, with minimum of 40 hours spent in direct
service with clients. Students must also attend an
online synchronous group supervision class each week
for 15 weeks and participate in individual or triadic
supervision weekly, at their site. In addition to successful
coursework, students will be evaluated on their
integration of feedback and suitability to the counseling
profession. Prerequisite: 30 + grad credits in M.S. CMH
Program.
COUN 595 Clinical Field Education: Internship
3.00
This course must be taken at least twice and in two
separate semesters. In this field placement students
work directly with clients under supervision of an
experienced counselor. The course is designed to move
counselors-in-training toward independent work as a
soon-to-be new graduate of a counseling preparation
program. A minimum of 300 hours of onsite service is
required, with a minimum of 120 hours spent in direct
service with clients. Students must also attend an
online synchronous group supervision class each week
for 15 weeks and participate in individual or triadic
supervision weekly, at their site. In addition to successful
coursework, students will be evaluated on their
integration of feedback and suitability to the counseling
profession. Prerequisite: COUN 594.
COUN 600 Thesis
6.00
This elective course allows students to complete
a thesis for a total of 6-credits. Thesis requires the
students to work with a counseling faculty member and
a committee of at least two additional faculty members,
at least on from the College of Health Sciences and
Human Services, to complete and defend an approved
research topic from the area of counseling. Thesis may
be completed over one or two semesters. This course is
offered by approval of Instructor and as needed.
CSD 472
Sem In Speech Science
3.00
Begins with a review of the speech mechanism as a
servosystem and transducer, and basic knowledge of
the physics of sound. Focuses on the concept that the
speech mechanism is a chain of events physiologically,
acoustically, and perceptually. Examines each link in this
chain of events in terms of basic knowledge, pertinent
research, and each link’s contribution to the speech
chain as a whole. Prerequisite: CSD 156.
CSD 500 Aphasia
3.00
A comprehensive study of the communication disorders
and differences related to acquired aphasia, including
etiologies, characteristics, anatomical/physiologic,
psychological, linguistic, and cultural correlates
related to receptive and expressive language, social
and cognitive aspects of communication, and related
neurological symptoms associated with the disorder.
Principles and methods of prevention, assessment, and
intervention for individuals with aphasia are emphasized
based on evidence-based practices appropriate for
aphasia in culturally and linguistically appropriate
manner. Offered annually.
CSD 505
Artic & Phono Diso Child
3.00
Articulatory and phonological features of the American
English sound system are examined in relation to
other developing linguistic functions. Evidence-based
assessment of disordered articulatory and phonological
behavior is stressed, and differential diagnosis of
speech sound disorders including articulation and
phonological disorders, inconsistent speech sound
disorder, childhood apraxia of speech, and dysarthria
are emphasized. Based on traditional and current
theoretical models and evidence, possibilities for
therapeutic interventions for each of the aforementioned

CSD 511

CSD 512

CSD 513

CSD 515

CSD 520

CSD 522

CSD 525

CSD 530

CSD 535

CSD 540

CSD 550

CSD 554

CSD 560

CSD 575

specific clients treated. Prerequisite: CSD 540.
Stuttering
3.00
Describes etiologies and characteristics associated with
fluency, stuttering, and other types of fluency disorders
(e.g., cluttering, neurogenic disfluency, psychological
disfluency, etc.) that disrupt speech fluency. Critical
reviews of various theoretical models concerning
the etiology of stuttering and the development of the
disorder as well as variables that contribute to its
maintenance are explored. Principles and methods of
prevention, assessment and intervention for individuals
with fluency disorders are emphasized based on
evidence-based practices.
Voice
3.00
Includes the study of human voice and its manifestations
across the life span. Students will be acquainted with
new developments, issues, and trends that cover the
entire spectrum of voice perception and production,
including vocal development and life span changes,
and the continuum of voice production from disorders
through superior performance. Focus will include
pathophysiology of disorders, instrumental and
noninstrumental assessment, interdisciplinary team
management, and treatment.
Audiology Seminar I
6.00
This course covers etiologies of hearing loss and
disorders of the central auditory system, the effects of
hearing loss on speech and language, diagnosis and
clinical methods. Aural rehabilitation procedures are also
explored.
Clinical Practice
6.00
This course entails practice, under supervision, in
applying theory to the assessment and management
of individuals from preschool through adulthood having
significant disorders of speech, hearing, or language.
The clinical experience is relatively independent in the
assessment, organizing, and carrying out of effective
plans of therapy. The student should demonstrate an
interdisciplinary approach and be able to generalize
on the area of the disorder treated, as well as deal
appropriately with the specific clients treated.
Motor Speech Disorders
3.00
Explores etiologies (degenerative, vascular,
inflammatory, cogenital/neurodevelopmental) and
characteristics associated with motor speech disorders
(dysarthria and apraxia of speech) which disrupt
neurological/motor speech sub-systems (respiration,
phonation, articulation, resonance and prosody) and
the impact of cognitive, behavioral and medical status
for an individual with a motor speech disorder. Current
diagnostic protocols and evidence-based management
strategies associated with each are identified. Offered
annually.
Professional Practicum
3.00
Explores contemporary professional issues and trends
in the practice of speech-language pathology and
audiology. Includes licensure, certification, legal policies,
and reimbursement procedures. Includes ASHA Code of
Ethics and ASHA practice policies with an emphasis on
ethical/legal restrictions and obligations that influence
professional practitioners. Offered Annually.
Counseling in Comm Disorders
3.00
Emphasizes the application of counseling strategies in
the administration of diagnostic and therapeutic services
as they relate to the field of communication disorders.
Addresses counseling strategies relative to the nature of
the communicative disorder and cultural background of
the client. Annually.
Augmentative & Altern Comm
3.00
This course is designed to introduce the student to
various augmentative/alternative communication
systems prevalent in the field. Current and
comprehensive information relative to type of disorder,
diagnosis, and treatment will be discussed. An emphasis
will be placed on the application of unique criteria in
diagnostics and the administration of competent and
flexible management strategies in rehabilitation. Fall,
annually.

Course Descriptions

CSD 510

speech sound disorders are presented. Offered
annually.
Seminar in Neuropathology
3.00
A comprehensive study of pathologies of the central
nervous system. Neuropathologies studied include
dementia, syndromes associated with right-hemisphere
lesions, and deficits subsequent to closed-head injury.
Areas of cognitive-linguistic processes and deficits
related to the neuropathology (attention, memory,
sequencing, problem-solving, executive functioning,
receptive and expressive language) are reviewed as
well as problems in social aspects of communication
and limitations of communication opportunities. Methods
for identifying and treating speech, language, and
communication problems associated with progressive
and non-progressive neurological disorders are
explored. Offered annually.
Cognitive-Communication Disorders in
Traumatic Brain Injury
3.00
A comprehensive study of acquired brain injury, with an
emphasis on the cognitive-communicative functioning
which underlies the success of brain injured individuals
to re-establish a meaningful and productive lifestyle.
Students will systematically examine the cognitivecommunicative needs of individuals with concussion
including etiology, neuro-pathophysiology, as well as
acute and chronic effects of acquired brain injury related
to medical, cognitive, educational and psycho-social
changes and needs. Offered spring as needed.
Clinical Practice I
1.00
Course entails practice, under supervision, in
assessment and management of individuals with
disorders of speech language or hearing.
Comm Disorders Mult Population
1.00
Emphasizes nature and treatment of communication
disorders in culturally and linguistically diverse
populations. The scope of practice and role of speechlanguage pathologists with bilingual/bicultural clients
with and without speech and language disorders will
be addressed. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. Fall
semester, annually
Maxillofacial Anomalies
3.00
This course provides an overview of craniofacial
disorders, with emphasis on the evaluation and
treatment of individuals with cleft le\ip and/or palate,
velopharyngeal inadequacy, and associated syndromes.
Topics considered include anatomy and physiology of
the craniofacial complex, embryology as applicable to
cleft development, etiology, and medical management
of those presenting with related disorders. The impact
of cleft lip and/or palate and velopharyngeal inadequacy
have on speech, language, hearing, and feeding are
discussed, The need for a functional, coordinated
interdisciplinary team approach in the management of
those presenting with craniofacial anomalies is infused
throughout the course. Offered annually.
Language Disorders in Children
3.00
Models of the language function with their justifications
are identified and critically analyzed. A review of
typical language development is included to provide
comparison with deviations. Diagnostic procedures
utilized to diagnose language disorders in children are
investigated, and evidence-based interventions are
presented. Differential diagnostic features of specifics
language disorders including Developmental Language
Disorder, Autism Spectrum Disorder, Social Pragmatic
Communication Disorder, and Dyslexia are included.
Clinical Externship
12.00
This course entails practice, under supervised
observation of and participation in an off-site school
and medical environment, in applying theory to
the assessment and management of individuals
fro preschool through adulthood having significant
disorders of speech, hearing, or language. The clinical
experience is relatively independent in the assessment,
organizing, and carrying out of effective plans of therapy.
The student should demonstrate an interdisciplinary
approach and be able to generalize on the are of the
disorder treated, as well as deal appropriately with the

69

Course Descriptions

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

70

Course Descriptions

CSD 589

CSD 590

CSD 592

DA 510

DA 512

Course Descriptions

DA 520

DA 530

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Research Methods Communication
Disorders
3.00
Research literature and methods in communication
disorders with an emphasis on research design and
application. Includes database search procedures and
focuses on integration of research into evidence-based
practice. Offered Annually.
Research
6.00
Students may complete a study in speech or language
pathology and audiology or related areas under the
supervision of a staff member. Students may select the
thesis option in which six credits are required. Students
may select the research option in which three or six
credits culminate in a written report presented to the
faculty advisor. Types of investigations which might
be completed are original studies, comprehensive
literature reviews, replication of studies, or completion
of a portion of a larger study. Students must fill out
independent study forms with their research advisor
before registering for CSD 590.
Dysphagia
3.00
Presents an introduction to swallowing disorders
including basic terminology, anatomical and
physiological etiologies of orofacial myology, oral,
phyarngeal, laryngeal, pulmonary, esophageal,
gastrointestinal, and related functions across the
lifespan. Reviews current assessment and management
procedures, with attention to laryngectomized and
tracheotomized patients. Discusses the competencies,
responsibilities, and roles of the speech pathologist in
various clinical settings, as well as risk factors involved
in patient care. Provides observations and experiential
learning situations. Offered annually.
Database Management Systems
3.00
A study of database management systems with handson exercise and case study. Students investigate the
analysis, design, implementation, and maintenance of
a modern database management system. This course
presents the concept of a database environment and
the spectrum of capabilities considered to be part of the
database management system (DBMS). This course
provides an overview of topics and related issues
in planning, designing, implementing and managing
a database. While all four models of database are
examined, the course emphasizes and provides
experience with the relational model and with a SQLcompliant database management system. Prerequisite:
Introductory programming course such as DA 202.
Offered in fall.
Special Topics in Data Analytics
3.00
Provides for focused study of a special interest topic
in Data Analytics using learning formats selected by
the instructor as best sited for the particular course.
Prerequisite for particular course set by the instructor.
Intro to Data Warehousing
3.00
This course provides students with the practical
skills necessary to understand and implement a data
warehouse to support decision-making. Data warehouse
development methodology and issues surrounding the
planning of the date warehouse will be investigated
as well as data quality and metadata in the data
warehouse. A hands-on project is required including the
analysis, transformation and loading of data into a data
warehouse and the development of the data architecture
and physical design. Prerequisite: DA 510 and a
statistics course. Offered fall semesters.
Analytical Methods and Optimization
3.00
This course is an introduction to core quantitative
methods for decision making. The course will cover
optimization methods, Monte Carlo analysis, decision
analysis, and methods to evaluate decisions ex post.
The course will also introduce students to various
scientific computing languages used in these tasks
such as python/numphy/scipy, SAS, R, Julia, and Stata
among others. An integral part of this course is the
application of database knowledge learned in the prior
courses in the program. All data in this course will be
stored in an appropriate relational (SQL) or document
oriented (NoSQL) database. Students will then query

DA 540

DA 550

DA 555

DA 560

DA 570

DA 580

the database for the data they will use in their analyses.
This thorough incorporation of database methods into
the course makes this offering substantially different
from any other non-analytics courses offered at Clarion
University. Prerequisite: DA 510 and 520.
Applied Data Mining
3.00
This course covers applied data mining methods
on large data sets. Particular methods covered are
principal components analysis, survival analysis,
clustering, factor analysis, and other methods of
dimension reduction. An integral part of this course is
the application of database knowledge learned in the
prior courses in the program. All data in this course will
be stored in an appropriate relational (SQL) or document
oriented (NoSQL) database. Students will then query
the database for the data they will use in their analyses.
This thorough incorporation of database methods into
the course makes this offering substantially different
from any other non-analytics courses offered at Clarion
University. Prerequisite: DA 530.
Predictive Analytics
3.00
This course covers various methods of classification
and prediction. In particular, the course covers neural
net models, machine earning, support vector machines,
logit/probit regressions, nonparametric regression
models, and advanced time series methods, among
other topics. Time series methods will include filtering
algorithms which update predictions with new data and
the use of large cross-section and time series data sets.
Prerequisite: DA 540.
Applied Predictive Modeling and Analytics 3.00
This course provides both the concepts and practical
applications of predictive analytics using data mining
techniques of classification and prediction. Techniques
learned in data mining - neural net models, machine
learning, logit/probit regressions, along with advanced
time series methods, text mining/analytics will be
discussed. Real business cases will be used to
demonstrate the application of these data mining
methods using tools such as XLMiner, SAS Enterprise
Miner, and SQL Server BI tools along with the R
programming language. Prerequisite: DA 540.
Data Visualization
3.00
Traditional Business Intelligence (BI) tools are unable
to handle the Big Data challenge due to exponential
growth of data volume, velocity and variety. To cope
up with this new demand, organizations are embracing
new techniques like data visualization which involves
data discovery and exploration. Technology giants like
Amazon, Facebook, Google, Netflix use powerful data
visualization tools to gain customer insights on their
choices and apply them into their service offerings.
Organizations are able to ask better questions and
derive better decisions. This introductory course will
teach students how organizations can harness the
power of Big Data through data visualization. Students
will learn how to capture data in visual format for
better decisions using data viz tools like SAS, Tableau.
Prerequisite: DA 555.
Big Data Analytics
3.00
This course covers methods to store and analyze large
datasets (‘Big Data’). Particular focus will be on Hadoop,
and MapReduce technology. Further, the course covers
No SQL, Key-value, concepts for handling unstructured
data. There will be select topics for analytics on ‘Big
Data’. An integral part of this course is the application
of database knowledge learned in the prior courses
in the program. All data in this course will be stored in
an appropriate relational (SQL) or document oriented
(NoSQL) database. Students will then query the
database for the data they will use in their analyses.
This thorough incorporation of database methods into
the course makes this offering substantially different
from any other non-analytics courses Offered at Clarion
University. Prerequisite: DA 560.
Analytics Capstone
3.00
This capstone course in the Masters in Data Analytics
program incorporates skills learned throughout the
program into real-world analytics project. An integral part

DA 590

DA 591

ECH 413

ECH 500

ECH 501

ECH 502

ECH 503

ECH 505

ECH 510

ECH 512

ECH 521

ECON 461

ECON 470

ECON 490

ECON 499

play, and integration of the content areas. Class
participants will use standards to plan content
related learning experiences for children. Requires
implementing content-related learning experiences for
young children of different age groups in a variety of
early childhood settings.
Healthy Infant, Toddler & Chld
3.00
Exploration of the factors that effect and support
the development of a healthy lifestyle in infants,
toddlers, and young children. Knowledge and skills
will be developed in understanding and appreciating
foundations and development of movement, health and
safety issues, programmatic development, and building
partnerships. Summer, on demand.
Leadership in Ech Ed & Care
3.00
Leadership in Early Childhood Education and Care
will explore and develop the key components in the
design of a quality early childhood program and in the
development of visionary leadership skills. Participants
will be guided through the areas of need assessment,
licensing and accreditation procedures, financial
matters, curriculum, environment, policies, management
skills, community support, and staff development and
mentoring. Summer, on demand.
Sprt Chil In Homes,Sch & Comm
3.00
This course will examine the factors in families and
society that influence young children as they grow.
Students will review data and current trends and identify
successful models of supporting children and families.
Various cultures, family forms, learning styles and
physical and mental abilities will be studied. Emphasis
will be placed on collaboration between schools, homes
and communities.
Child Care Management and Administration3.00
This course is designed to provide an overview of
management and administration of child care centers.
The focus is to provide a foundation for early childhood
professionals in order to be able to operate, manage
and oversee a child care center. Emphasizes the
business of child care, including fiscal management,
insurance, risk management, strategic planning,
marketing, human resources, data and technology
management, facilities operations and management,
grant writing, time organization and management
strategies.
Int’l Fin Econ & Capital Mkts
3.00
An applied analysis of international economics and
the behavior of multinational corporations, with a
special emphasis on the economics of technology
transfer. Topics include: theory of the firm; foreign
direct investment; intellectual property rights; market
imperfections; international trade; international finance;
economic development; and technology transfer.
Prerequisite: ECON 361, or consent of the instructor.
Spring, biennially.
Business Cycles and Forecasting
3.00
Explores theories of business fluctuations; applications
of modern income theory to business cycles;
examination of business cycle indicators and forecasting
techniques. Prerequisites: ECON 211 and 222, or
consent of the instructor. Spring, annually.
Hist of Econ Thgt
3.00
Examines development of economic ideas from ancient
times to the present. Emphasizes the period from Adam
Smith onward. Considers the economic and political
environment in which ideas emerged as well as the
leading economists advancing or defending the ideas.
Prerequisites: ECON 211 and 212 and senior standing.
Spring, annually.
Research Methods in Economics and Business
3.00
This course covers the basic steps and process of
conducting applied economic and business research.
The purpose of this course is to help students learn the
basics of how to actively develop and pursue a research
agenda with the ultimate goal to create a publishable
research paper and present in a research colloquium
(and possibly a competitive research conference).
The first part of the course will focus on a discussion
of haw to do economics and business research by

Course Descriptions

of this course is the application of database knowledge
learned in the prior courses in the program. All data in
this course will be stored in an appropriate relational
(SQL) or document oriented (NoSQL) database.
Students will then query the database for the data they
will use in their analyses. This thorough incorporation of
database methods into the course makes this offering
substantially different from any other non-analytics
courses offered at Clarion University. Prerequisite: DA
570.
Field Experience in Data Analytics
12.00
The field experience provides the student with the
opportunity for practical data analytics experience
in commercial, industrial, governmental, or other
participating organizations. Prerequisite is by permission
of the Instructor.
Python Programming for Data Analytics
3.00
This course covers the Python programming language
as it is used in Data Analytics. Students will learn the
basics about how to program in Python as it relates to
data science applications. This course is specifically
targeted at Data Analytics graduate students who have
completed their first year of core graduate courses in
the program. Prerequisite: DA 202 or similar introductory
programming course.
Leadership in Early Childhood Settings
3.00
Explores knowledge and skills needed to be a leader in
early childhood. Emphasis will be placed on developing
and managing a caring learning environment that
enhances positive interactions among children, parents,
staff, instructional teams, and community members.
Leadership, supervision, advocacy and ethics of
professionalism will also be explored. Field experience
is a child, family, and community advocacy project.
Prerequisite: Teacher Certification Program Admission,
BSED ECH Major, ECH 301, ECH 310, ECH 322, ECH
323, ECH 325, and ECH 410. Co-requisites: ECH 414,
ECH 415, ECH 416, ECH 417, and ECH 418. Offered
each semester.
Early Childhood Foundations
3.00
This course is designed to provide an overview of the
early childhood profession, child development theory,
historical contexts of early childhood, early childhood
learning environments and curriculum. The focus is to
provide a foundation for early childhood professionals
in order to be avle to enhance and support children’s
learning and development through developmentally
appropriate pedagogy. Emphasizes the roles of early
childhood professions, including legal and ethical
responsibilities. Requires participation with children
of different age groups in a variety of early childhood
settings. Fall semester or as needed.
Early Child Curr & Instruct
3.00
Early Childhood Curriculum and Instruction focuses
on developmentally appropriate curriculum design
and implementation and the Pennsylvania Standards
Aligned System, including the Common Core for infants,
toddlers, and young children. Emphasis will be given
to teaching to enhance development and learning,
constructing appropriate curriculum, creating a caring
community of learners, and establishing reciprocal
relationships with families. Offered on demand.
Early Child Curr & Assessment
3.00
Early Childhood Curriculum and Assessment will focus
on the assessment of individual infants, toddlers, and
young children’s development and learning as an
essential component of planning and implementing
appropriate curriculum. The importance of the learning
community and family relationships to appropriate
assessment will be emphasized. Action research will
be conducted utilizing developmentally appropriate
assessment practices. Prerequisite: ECH 501. Summer,
on demand.
Early Childhood Curriculum Content
3.00
Early Childhood Curriculum Content will focus on the
content related to areas of creative arts, health and
wellness, science, social studies, mathematics and
technology. Emphasis will be on developmentally
effective presentation of the content areas, including

71

Course Descriptions

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

72

Course Descriptions
ECON 500

ECON 501

ECON 502

ECON 503

ECON 504

Course Descriptions

ECON 505

ECON 510

ECON 570

CLARION UNIVERSITY

formally talking about it and critically reading research
in the student’s chosen discipline. students will take an
active role by presenting short research summaries of
journal articles and be expected to provide a series of
questions to generate class discussion. The first part
of this course will also be devoted to applied research
is conducted in terms of topic selection, literature
review and survey, selection of research method and
data acquisition, and appropriate statistical analysis.
The last part of this course will be run as a seminar
with individual research development as the primary
objective. One seminar meeting per week will occur with
the remaining time filled with individual student meetings
to discuss progress on the research paper. Students will
be required to present their final paper at a colloquium
open to the academic community at the end of the
semester and submit a proposal for presentation at a
regional conference. Prerequisite: ECON 222 and junior
standing. Offered each semester.
Prin of Economics (Honors)
2.00
This course is an accelerated combination of Economics
211 and Economics 212. Topics covered are national
income analysis, money and banking, monetary and
fiscal policies, inflation, unemployment, consumer
behavior and demand, organization of production,
market structures, the pricing of inputs and outputs, and
international trade.
Principles of Macroeconomics
2.00
Introduces macroeconomics, national income analysis,
money and banking, monetary and fiscal policies,
inflation, unemployment, and international finance.
Principles of Microeconomics
2.00
Introduces microeconomics, consumer behavior and
demand, organization of production, market structures,
the pricing of inputs and outputs, and international trade.
Economics & Business Statistics (Honors) 2.00
This course is an accelerated combination of Economics
221 and Economics 222. Topics covered are
descriptive statistics, probability, probability distributions,
mathematical expectation, sampling distributions,
confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, the analysis
of variance and covariance, regression and correlation
analysis, nonparametric statistics, and time series
analysis. Applications of these techniques in the area
of business and economics are emphasized. Statistical
computer routines will be used. This course cannot be
used to meet general education requirements.
Economics & Business Statistics I
2.00
Covers descriptive statistics, probability, probability
distributions, mathematical expectation, sampling
distributions, and confidence intervals. Emphasizes
application of these statistical techniques in the areas
of business and economics. Prerequisites: College
algebra or equivalent.
Economics & Business Statistics II
2.00
Covers hypothesis testing, the analysis of variance,
regression and correlation analysis, non-parametric
statistics, and time series and index numbers analysis.
Emphasizes applications of these techniques in the
area of business and economics. Introduces students
to the use of a prewritten computer statistical estimation
program. Prerequisite: ECON 221 or ECON 504.
Adv Managerial Econ
1.50
This course will focus on the development and practical
application of theoretical and quantitative techniques
to business decision-making, including international
applications. Optimization techniques draw on the
student?s knowledge of economics, mathematics, and
statistics through modeling and the use of computer
statistical packages. Prerequisite: Microeconomics
foundation course, ECON 222, MATH 232.
Econ & Bus Forecasting
3.00
An advanced study of forecasting techniques and
business conditions analysis. Topics include: economic
indicator analysis, classical time series components,
econometric forecasting techniques, exponential
smoothing models, and ARIMA models. Emphasis is
placed on model development and evaluation using
pre-written computer forecasting routines. Prerequisites:
ECON 222 and macroeconomics foundation course.

ECON 600 Independent Study
3.00
An opportunity for the graduate student to investigate
in depth a facet of economics not covered by course
offerings. The topic of study and course requirements
must be approved by the Department of Economics
chair, and the work must be supervised by a faculty
member. Prerequisites: BSAD 503, ECON 510 or ECON
611, and other requirements as deemed appropriate by
the faculty supervisor.
ECON 611 Advanced Micro Economics Analysis
3.00
An advanced study of the logical and mathematical
development of microeconomic theories and the
application of economic models to business problems.
Major areas of study include demand theory, market
models, welfare economics, and general equilibrium
analysis. Prerequisite: Microeconomics foundation
course.
ECON 612 Advanced Macroeconomics
3.00
An advanced study and analytical development of
macroeconomic theory. Major areas include national
income accounts, aggregate income determination
models, monetary aggregates, and macro dynamics.
Prerequisite: Macroeconomics foundation course.
ECON 615 Graduate Health Economics
3.00
This course provides a comprehensive overview of
topics related to the workings of health care markets
and determinants of health in high-income countries,
particularly the United States health care system. The
course aims to give students an understanding of the
complex interaction between business, government,
the economy, science, and medicine. It will advance
learning by exploring the policy tradeoffs and economic
implications of alternative ways of organizing health
insurance and health delivery. Major topics covered
will include economic analyses of health care reform,
discussion of markets for health professionals and
health care providers, international health system
comparisons, healthcare delivery models, government
insurance programs, managed care, innovation in
medical technology, information problems in health
care markets, regulation, and the impact of healthcare
spending on national economic growth. While health
care economics is historically a field closely aligned with
microeconomic analysis, macroeconomic issues will
also be explored in this course. Prerequisite: BSAD 503.
Offered annually.
ECON 660 Applied International Economics
3.00
Examines the theory and practice of international trade,
with and applied focus. Considers balance of payments,
foreign exchange, national commercial policies,
international investment, and foreign aid from the dual
perspectives of theory and policy. The course will place
a significant amount of weight on current economic
conditions to provide students with relevant and usable
information on the global business environment.
Prerequisites: ECON 211 and 212. Offered fall, annually.
ECON 699 Special Topics
3.00
An opportunity for students to investigate specific topics
or current issues on the graduate level. Prerequisites
depend on the subject to be covered.
ED 500
Foundations of Distance Learning
3.00
This course provides the basic information you need
to become a knowledgeable distance education
educator. The course will cover theory and research
that influences distance learning, the practical skills and
knowledge needed to function in a distance learning
environment, and will explore management and
administrative issues that arise in distance education
learning environments. Prerequisite: Admission to MED
Program or Ed Certification Program. Offered each fall.
ED 501
Sem in Critical Ed Issue
3.00
This course examines the current critical educational
issues with special emphasis on school funding, legal
issues, gender equity, curriculum and cultural issues,
and school reform.
ED 502
Creative Response to Conflict
3.00
A study of the current research in the development of
a classroom environment which fosters cooperation,
communication, affirmation, and problem-solving for

ED 507

ED 512

ED 513

ED 517

ED 520

ED 521

ED 522

ED 527

Analysis of Teaching
3.00
This course presents an analysis of various teaching
models and instructional designs. Videotaped
lessons and clinical/field experiences applying course
competencies will be critiqued by faculty and peers.
Offered fall semester only.
Curr Develop & Eval
3.00
Presents philosophic, psychological, and social
foundations of the school curriculum as well as
principles of curriculum development, curriculum
design, curriculum implementation, and curriculum
evaluation with an emphasis on K-12 models. A range
of views both historical and current is presented along
with curriculum issues, trends and future directions.
Ideologic biases from traditional to pragmatic and
postmodern are considered across major time frames
for the 20th century and early 21st century. Offered
spring semester only.
Statistics in Ed
3.00

ED 528

Philosophy of Ed

ED 529

Foundations of Curriculum
3.00
The course provides a distinct overview of the current
and historical curricular evolution with an emphasis on
philosophical and sociological foundations, student,
school, and community needs, the foundational
and present standards movement, and principles of
curriculum and curricular issues. Students will explore
these areas through an inquiry approach framed with
the course’s essential questions.
Connect Stand, Inst & Assess
3.00
Designed to provide educators with a brief review
of the purpose and process of assessment and to
introduce them to design options available in designing
and implementing authentic assessment. Students
acquire, synthesize, interpret and discuss a range
of topics dealing with assessment in the educational
process. Emphasizes a backward design process for
curriculum development that links standards, curriculum,
instruction, and embedded assessment. Students
construct and evaluate a variety of assessment tools
with a particular emphasis on authentic assessment.
Every other year and/or as needed.
Tch Sec Science for Understand
3.00
Prepares post-baccalaureate candidates to teach
the sciences in secondary schools. Emphasizes
teaching science for understanding and application
of science knowledge. Includes basic curriculum
design-formulating goals and objectives, selecting and
organizing content, developing skill in using a variety
of teaching strategies, and evaluating pupil progress.
Stresses the inquiry approach to teaching science.
Includes observations and teaching experiences in
schools. Prerequisite: ED 534, SPED 418. Fall/Spring,
as needed.
Recent Developments in Education Social
Studies
3.00
Students explore recent trends in promoting learning
in the social studies as well as study current problems
involved. Social forces at work today and their effect on
curriculum development are considered.
Principles of Instructional Design in Ed
Technology
3.00
This course focuses on systematic procedures
for designing, developing, evaluating and revising
instruction to meet identified goals and objectives
specific to the K-12 online learning community.
Instructional design theories and applications will be
examined. The appropriateness and production of both
projected and non-projected multimedia will be explored
in the production of instructional solutions for the
targeted audience including the K-12 online audience.
Prerequisite: ED 500, ED 507. Offered fall, annually.
Classroom Assessment for Learning
3.00
Assessment is an essential part of the learning triangle.
Curriculum, instruction, and assessment are core
elements in the learning process and are inextricably

ED 523

ED 530

ED 532

ED 533

ED 540

ED 544

Course Descriptions

children as well as for teachers, staff, instructional
teams, parents, support personnel, and other adults.
Emphasizes human capabilities for resolving conflicts
at various life stages and situations. Examines a range
of discipline models as their implementation relates to
the classroom environment. (Designed to be taken in
conjunction with student teaching in the undergraduate
program, or as an elective in the master’s program.)
Elective course in either the undergraduate or graduate
program. Prerequisite: ED 121 or 122 for undergraduate
credit. Summer session only, on demand.
Assessment for Online Learning
3.00
This course will focus on the use of performance-based
assessments and summative and formative assessment
methods used in online learning environments. The
course will include best practices for grading online,
plagiarism, evaluation tools, rubrics for online portfolios,
and record keeping. Prerequisite: ED 500.
Educational Psychology
3.00
This graduate level education course is designed
to explore the art and science of how people learn.
Although this is applicable to all ages, ED 512
specifically targets the learning needs of adolescents.
Featuring both Middle and Secondary level educational
settings, ED 512 seeks to provide the graduate learner
with a broader understanding of the developmental
characteristics and unique challenges adolescents face.
Building upon an understanding of adolescence, ED 512
provides answers to the question: how do adolescents
learn best? Demonstrating a highly engaging and
relevant pedogogy, ED 512 provides the student with
specific strategies to manage adolescent behavior,
create classroom cultures conducive to learning,
deconstruct lessons for maximizing learning, developing
empathy and affective curriculum, and conducting
effective formative and summative assessments of
student learning. Spring and summer.
Advanced Techniques for Online Teaching 3.00
This course builds upon the fundamental concepts
and structures of online teaching and learning. This
course addresses the advanced teaching and learning
applications of a Learning Management System. The
course will explore and implement techniques for online
instructions such as using a variety of online tools,
technologies, and web 2.0 tools, to help instructors
transfer knowledge most effectively in the online
environment. Prerequisite: ED 500, ED 507, ED 540.
Offered spring, annually.
Educational Comp Applica
3.00
This course is designed to provide in-service educators
(K-12) who have had little or no computer experience
with the knowledge, skills, and attitudes necessary
to use microcomputers as instructional tools in their
classrooms. While acquiring computer skills, students
will explore, use, and demonstrate competence in each
of the following areas: word processing, databases,
spreadsheets, graphics, multimedia, instructional
design, telecommunications, and major issues
associated with the use of technology in education.
This course will provide in-service teachers with
the knowledge base to make appropriate decisions
regarding the use of technology in their respective
classrooms. Not available to students who have taken
ED 217 since summer 1994.
Intro to Research
3.00
This seminar course covers the selection, investigation,
and writing of a research topic. Students are introduced
to the planning of research projects, major methods
of obtaining data, descriptive statistics, statistical
inferences, methods of analysis and critical evaluation
of published research, and the preparation of written
reports. Proposed research problems and procedures
are prepared for discussion and critical analysis.
Offered Each semester and summer.
Inst Leadership Skills
3.00
This course involves a survey of various theories,
models, and styles of leadership, followed by the
application of leadership skills in teacher-pupil and
teacher-colleague relationships.

73

3.00

Course Descriptions

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

74

Course Descriptions

ED 554

ED 563

ED 564

ED 565

ED 567

Course Descriptions

ED 568

ED 569

ED 570

CLARION UNIVERSITY

linked. In this course, students will actively review the
basic concepts of data-driven assessment for learning,
develop and share assessment strategies that are
used to make instructional decisions in support of the
standards and student learning in general. The course
is designed to support learners as they explore the
development of assessment strategies and reporting
systems as well as assessment before, during, and after
instruction.
Graduate Certification Practicum
6.00
A professional practicum that requires the application
and integration of instruction, management, and
professional knowledge and competencies in a Pre
K-12 setting. Certification candidates participate in a
teacher practicum in their certification area under the
direction of a classroom cooperating mentor teacher
and a university supervisor. Prerequisite: Completion of
the required courses in the Graduate Level Certification
Program with a minimum grade of B, a cumulative
3.0 QPA, and satisfactory standing in admission and
retention standards in the college. On demand.
Reading Pedagogy
3.00
Students will define and investigate reading as related
to the individual learner. Study is made of the current
research into sequential and systematic reading
development and the application of multi-dimensional
techniques, strategies, and materials in the teaching
of reading K-12 for both narrative and expository
structures. Prerequisite: teaching certification. Annually.
Evidenced-Based Literacy Inst
3.00
Students will review the major national studies in literacy
since the 1960’s and investigate current research on
various literacy topics for the purpose of developing a
model of best practice based on inquiry and reflection.
Fall, annually.
Read & Lang Arts in Ech
3.00
Study and observation of the child’s early reading
behavior during early childhood and observation of
other aspects of language arts; exercises for listening
experiences and developing writing skills; assessment
of some of the causes of difficulties in learning to read
and to use language effectively.
Secondary, College and Content Area Reading
Instruction
3.00
Survey of reading programs and principles at secondary
and post-secondary levels; examination of materials
and strategies for various instructional settings and
populations with an emphasis on secondary content
area reading. Fall, annually.
Language and Literacy
3.00
This course is a study of literacy acquisition which
includes consideration of developmental and
sociocultural factors. The course examines instructional
practices which utilize children’s literature in teaching
the language arts. Writing is emphasized. Prerequisite:
Teaching Certification. As needed.
Assessment of Literacy
3.00
Provides an in-depth analysis of assessment strategies
and techniques in the field of literacy. Features of this
course include evaluating, implementing, and analyzing
data gathered from formal and informal assessment
approaches for the purpose of planning instruction.
Introduction to literacy profile. Prerequisites: Two
graduate level literacy courses. Spring, annually.
Practicum I: Assessment
3.00
Emphasizes the development of competency in the
assessment process of addressing reading difficulties.
Includes (1) selection of appropriate diagnostic,
formative, and summative assessments, (2) developing
facility in using the assessment and standards resources
of the Pennsylvania Standards-Aligned System, (3)
administering appropriate and purposeful assessments,
(4) developing a sensitive interpretation of assessment
results, and (5) reporting data, interpretations, and
recommendations to stakeholders in a comprehensive,
professional manner. Prerequisite: ED 569 and
permission of the instructor. Course must be taken
concurrently with ED 571. Summer, annually.

ED 571

ED 574

ED 578

ED 580

ED 581

ED 582

ED 583

Practicum II: Instruction
3.00
Emphasizes the development of competency in
the instructional process of addressing reading
difficulties. Includes (1) planning standards-based,
assessment-informed instructional opportunities using
the Pennsylvania Standards Aligned System resources,
(2) employing techniques for effective, evidencebased instruction, (3) implementing effective teaching
of individual strategies which will enable learners to
develop as readers, (4) developing expertise in using
materials related to the immediate needs of individuals,
and (5) preparing a leteracy profile which suggests to
stakeholders procedures and resources to enhance a
student’s literacy development. Prerequisites: ED 569
and permission of the instructor. Course must be taken
concurrently with ED 570. Summer, annually.
Lit Lead Colb Cch Coll Pro Dev
3.00
The organization, administration, and supervision of
reading programs from kindergarten through high
school. Particular emphasis is given to the functions
of a reading specialist and literacy coaches in the
development of a curriculum guide for reading,
organizational patterns in reading programs, and
procedures for instituting and operating in-service
reading education programs. Prerequisites: Two
graduate level literacy courses. Spring, annually.
Professional Seminar
3.00
Intended to be the capstone course for all graduate
students in the MED program. Provides students with
an opportunity to focus on an educationally relevant
action research project as an integrating element
for knowledge and experiences acquired during
their graduate programs. Recognizes the validity of
classroom-based inquiry and research as the basis for
enhancing teaching and learning. Develops proficiency
in using inquiry and reflection strategies to assist
students in making instructional decisions and process
changes. Affords students the opportunity to share
effective classroom practices and requires study and
practice in interpreting and analyzing pertinent research
to promote professional growth. Encourages students
to view themselves as researchers of teaching and
learning as professionals whose continued growth can
best be met through inquiry, reflection, and sustained
dialogue with peers. Prerequisite: ED 520 or an
equivalent course and a prospectus approved by the G
Teacher Leadership as the Gateway to Enhancing
Instructional Effectiveness
3.00
This course provides the framework for the skills for
Teacher Leaders Endorsement. It focuses on leadership
theory and skills through a problem-solving and applied
methodology. Leaders must acquire the necessary
leadership repertoire to lead effectively in today’s
schools. Offered fall and spring.
Peer Mentoring and its Impact on the
Professional Community
3.00
This course highlights peer mentoring theory and skills.
Teacher leaders will apply these theories and skills as
they work with peers to support planning, instruction,
and assessment. Leaders must acquire the necessary
leadership repertoire to lead effectively in today’s
schools. Offered fall and spring.
The Role of Change in the Era of
Accountability
3.00
This course highlights the construct of change,
otherwise referred to as school reform or school
improvement. Teacher leaders will understand the
nature of change in today’s schools and apply the
related skills as they work with peers to support school
related initiatives. Offered fall and spring.
The School as a Cultural and Political
Entity
3.00
This course highlights the cultural and political entities.
Embedded in the content is the focus on professional
learning communities and working collaboratively
with faculty as they address planning, instruction,
assessment, student performance, student behavior and
dispositions, data analysis, and action research.

ED 610

ED 617

ED 620

ED 735

FIN 463

FIN 474

Special Topics
3.00
Examines current topics and issues in education. Topics,
announced in advance, focus on the needs and interests
of educators.
Mobile Educational Technology
3.00
A web-based course that introduces K-12 Professionals
and/or Masters of Education Degree candidates to
the potentials of mobile devices and applications, and
assist them in using these multi-faceted resources as
effective teaching and professional development tools.
Participants will be introduced to mobile educational
technology related to communications, productivity,
learning, presentations and integration. Within this
framework, participants will create their own personal
learning networks, mobile technology resources,
online presentations and design instructional lessons
appropriate to their discipline demonstrating the
integration of mobile educational technology throughout
the K-12 setting.
Adv Educational Tech
3.00
Advanced course for graduate students who have
a background in computers or who have taken ED
217 or ED 517 at Clarion University. Focuses on the
development of knowledge and skills in: hardware/
software maintenance; instructional design; educational
electronic networking; sophisticated applications of
integrated software; and educational applications
of multimedia, including interactive video CD-ROM,
sound, text, and graphics. Prepares teachers to make
appropriate decisions regarding the use of technology
in their classrooms/schools. Admission by permission of
instructor. On demand.
Internet Applic K-12 Edu
3.00
Introduces K-12 Educators and/or Technology Specialist
Certificate candidates to the potentials of the Internet
and assist them in using this multi-faceted resource
as an effective teaching tool within the classroom.
Participants will be introduced to the history, structure,
and overall capabilities of the Internet, including
Electronic Mail, Telnet, File Transfer Protocol (FTP),
World Wide Web, and web-based distance education.
Within this framework, participants will create their
own web pages, design on-line instructional lessons
appropriate to their discipline, and demonstrate the
integration of Internet/Technology information throughout
the K-12 curriculum. Prerequisite: None. Annually.
Internship in Education
3.00
Provides an advanced professional experience in
an educational setting where the student can gain
hands-on experience working with practitioners under
the guidance of certified education specialists in a
school, district, or intermediate unit. Students will be
able to apply the theories, knowledge, and skills in their
coursework to an actual work environment. Students
work with their advisor and graduate coordinator to
locate an internship placement that best meets their
needs. Prerequisite(s): 18 credits of successfully
completed coursework including ED 520; permission of
the instructor and field supervisor.
Tax Planning
3.00
Acquaints students with tax planning techniques that
can be used to accomplish an individual’s financial
goals. Enables students to suggest actions that
fit the individual’s financial priorities based on an
understanding of financial position, cash flow and
income, gift and estate tax matters.
Personal Financial Planning
3.00
Capstone course requires that students apply through
case studies, written reports, and presentations each
of the major segments of personal financial planning
including the financial planning process, ethical and
professional considerations of financial planning,
insurance policies and strategies, risk management,
investment vehicles, tax planning strategies, retirement
plans and employee benefits, and estate planning.
Students are encouraged to complete the other courses
within the Personal Financial Planning major prior to
or contemporaneous with completion of this course.
Prerequisite: FIN 370.

FIN 476

FIN 480

FIN 500

FIN 570

FIN 576

FIN 580

FIN 660

FIN 671

FIN 672

FIN 674

Portfolio Theory & Mgmt
3.00
Examines modern portfolio theory and its application
to investment strategies; study of options and future
markets; investigation of market efficiency. Prerequisite:
FIN 370. Offered annually.
Multinational Finance
3.00
Examines the theory and practice of financial
management in the multinational firms. Focuses
on important differences between domestic and
international financial decision-making. Prerequisite: FIN
370.
Financial Management
2.00
Examines the acquisition, management, and analysis
of short-term and long-term funds both in the
domestic and international environment. Emphasizes
financial analysis, time value of money and valuation
of securities, working capital management, capital
budgeting under certainty and uncertainty, risk and
return, cost of capital, and the optimal capital structure.
Managerial Finance
3.00
A study of financial management approaches to
evaluating complex alternatives for using available
resources in both a domestic and a multinational
context. Prerequisites: FIN 370 or FIN 500.
Risk Management and Derivatives
3.00
This course will provide students with a practical
understanding of risk management, and the methods
and instruments used. In particular students will learn to
manage risk using derivative securities such as futures,
forwards, options, and swaps. Students will also learn
the structure of various derivative markets.
International Financial Management
3.00
This course will provide students with the ability to
conduct corporate financing and capital budgeting
operations in an international setting. Students will learn
about the financing options available to multinational
corporations around the world, and how to choose
between these options. Students will also learn to
incorporate foreign currency, and other types of risk
found in an international setting, into a capital budgeting
analysis. Lastly, students will learn to hedge many of
these unique risks. Offered as needed.
Investments
3.00
Examines investment goals and the current environment
for investments, including the nature of the investment
process and securities markets; analysis of risk and
return, especially as it applies to common stock,
preferred stocks, and bonds; introduction to portfolio
management and portfolio theory. Prerequisite: FIN 370
or FIN 500. Offered annually.
Fin Theory & Pract
3.00
A case-study approach to the theory and practice of
corporate financial issues which must be addressed by
a financial manager. Emphasis will be placed on capital
budgeting decisions under varying circumstances and
theoretical corporate financial concerns. Prerequisite:
FIN 370 or FIN 570.
Healthcare Finance
3.00
This course focuses on the analysis of financial
decisions in the healthcare industry. Financial methods
incorporated within this course include: identification
of cost of capital, net present value of free cash flows,
real options, and comparative analysis. Case studies
will introduce the student to multiple methods valuation,
option pricing, means of financing, data analysis, as
well as market analysis of hospitals, biotechnology,
insurance and related industries. Prerequisite: FIN 370
or FIN 570. Offered annually.
Financial Management of Nonprofit
Organizations
3.00
This course introduces students to the similarities and
differences between nonprofits and for-profit businesses.
Students will learn about nonprofit accounting and
financial statements, cash flow management, sources of
capital, benchmarking, budgeting, forecasting, capacity,
investing, and sustainability. Prerequisite: FIN 370 / FIN
500 or equivalent. Offered annually.

Course Descriptions

ED 599

75

Course Descriptions

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

76

Course Descriptions

FIN 676

Course Descriptions

Investment Mgmt
3.00
A study of the structure and management of investment
portfolios. Various types of investments are examined
in terms of their risk elements and the purposes they
serve.
FIN 678
Financial Modeling
3.00
This course will examine the fundamentals of
computational finance using Excel. It will explore
methods for building financial models, calculating capital
costs, financial statement modeling and introduction
to Monte Carlo methods and real option analysis.
Prerequisite: FIN 370 or FIN 500. Offered annually.
FIN 679
Financial Problems
3.00
Capstone course challenges students to integrate and
synthesize, through case methods, their knowledge in
finance. Emphasizes corporate finance in application
of theoretical underpinning, but some cases also will
deal with investments, financial institutions and markets.
Prerequisite: FIN 370 or FIN 500. Offered annually.
LEGL 540 Legal & Ethical Environment of Business
3.00
This course is design to provide the MBA student with an
understanding of the concepts and issues related to the
management of legal, ethical and social responsibilities
of business organizations. Students learn the basic tools
needed to manage a business in the legal environment
in which it operates, to recognize and respond to ethical
problems and social responsibilities of business, and to
understand their personal responsibilities as business
managers. Prerequisite: Graduate standing.
LEGL 541 Legal and Ethical Environment of Business 1.50
Provides the MBA student with an understanding of
the concepts and issues related to the management
of legal, ethical, and social responsibilities of business
organizations. Students learn the basic tools needed
to manage a business in the legal environment in
which it operates, to recognize and respond to ethical
problems and social responsibilities of business, and to
understand their personal responsibilities as business
managers. Prerequisite: Graduate Standing.
LS 500
Info Sources & Services
3.00
Philosophy and techniques of information services
in libraries, with the sources, tools, and technology
essential to the reference process. Specific reference
problems and research studies, the reference interview,
bibliographic instruction, and search strategies are
considered. Recommended as an elective for nonlibrary
science students in other graduate programs.
LS 501
Developing Library Collections
3.00
Acquiring familiarity with basic bibliographical tools,
current reviewing media, and acquisitions procedures.
Establishment of policies and criteria for the selection
and evaluation of book and non-book materials.
Graduate students taking this course will be required to
do additional work. Offered yearly.
LS 502
Cataloging and Classification
3.00
Continuation of consideration of the principles and
techniques of organizing information with special
reference to contemporary library practice. Students
are introduced to descriptive cataloging using currently
accepted national rules, alphabetical indexing using
Library of Congress Subject Headings and Sears List
of Subject Headings, and systematic indexing using
the Dewey Decimal Classification and the Library
of Congress Classification. The structure and use
of manual and automated catalogs and indexes are
considered.
LS 504
Intro to the Information Professions
3.00
This course introduces students to the nature of
information and its role in society, the philosophical,
ethical, and historical foundations of the information
professions, major professional organizations, and the
legal, political, and social issues confronting today’s
information professionals. The identification and use
of print and electronic information resources pertinent
to library and information science are also covered.
Accreditation assessment administered.

CLARION UNIVERSITY

LS 505

LS 506

LS 529

LS 532

LS 534

LS 535

LS 536

LS 540

LS 541

LS 542

Organization of Information
3.00
Introduction to the theories, practices, standards,
and tools used in the organization across a variety of
information environments. Students are introduced
to topics of information structures and their retrieval
systems, the MARC record and other metadata
standards and description, subject analysis,
vocabularies, and systems for categorization.
Advanced Reference and Information Sources
3.00
Surveys, assesses and evaluates print and electronic
information sources typically found in STEM (Science,
Technology, Engineering and Math) health, social
science, business, humanities and government
documents collections. Examines the various ways
users access this information and the associated
services provided by libraries and information centers.
Prerequisite: LS 500. Offered every term.
Inst Strat Libr & Info Prof
3.00
Prepares students with various approaches for
integrating information literacy and resources into
instruction in libraries and information centers; examines
information literacy standards and guidelines, succh
as those from AASL and ACRL, for application in
all types of libraries and centers; reviews various
instructional strategies, techniques, and resources, such
as Web-based tutorials and thematic web pages, for
implementation in programs.
Mgmt of Sch Libr Media Centers
3.00
Introduction to managerial and administrative principles
as applied in school library media centers; the role of
the library media center in the school?s educational
mission; current issues in school media librarianship.
Pre- or corequisite: LS 504.
Admin & Mgmt of Libraries
3.00
A study of managerial principles as they apply to
libraries. Topics include, but are not limited to, planning,
organizing, influencing and controlling the human,
financial, physical and informational resources of
libraries. Emphasis is placed on monitoring new trends
in library facilities with regard to library functions.
Prerequisite: prerequisite or corequisite LS 504. Fall,
Spring, Summer II.
Archival Management for Small Repositories3.00
Introduction to the principles of archival theory as
practiced in small repositories, including libraries and
local historical societies. Appraisal, arrangement and
description, and interpretation of materials are covered.
Includes a field experience.
Metadata for Cultural Heritage Collections 3.00
Course introduces students to detailed representation
of special and local collections in cultural heritage
settings. Methods for processing and cataloging
published, archival, and manuscript items will be
studied and practiced. The use of metadata and
methods appropriate to specific information settings
will be discussed. Pre-requisite: LS 505, 535. Offered
annually.
Multic Src & Serv Ed & Libr
3.00
This course provides an opportunity for students
to explore, understand, and develop library and
educational resources and services for multicultural,
diverse, and other special populations. Resources
and services are examined particularly as they relate
to ethnicity, race, gender preference, and disability.
Students will develop a sensitivity to the learning and
informational needs of various cultural and ethnic
groups and will develop techniques for selecting and
using materials relevant to a multicultural society.
Database Management for Library
Professionals
3.00
The course will provide library professionals the basic
tools to understand database design and management
as used in various integrated library systems and
electronic resources. The course is designed to
familiarize future and current library professionals with
the logic and structure of fields, records and databases.
Information Seeking Behavior in User

LS 543

LS 544

LS 545

LS 547

LS 548

LS 549

LS 550

LS 568

LS 570

LS 572

LS 573

LS 574

LS 575

LS 576

LS 577

LS 578

LS 579

and interpreting results; includes a critical analysis of the
professional research literature. Prerequisite: LS 504.
Study of the scientific methods of planning, conducting,
and reporting investigation and research in library
science, including specific problems in library service.
Critical analysis of research in professional literature.
Designed to develop skill in interpreting research results.
Hist of Books & Printing
3.00
Study of the evolution of the printed book through a
survey of the origin of recorded communication; history
of writing materials; study of manuscript production,
typography, type design, illustration, bookbinding, book
production, and copyright from the earliest times to the
present.
Field Experience
3.00
Provides an advanced preprofessional experience
through work in a cooperating library or information
center. Students are expected to apply and evaluate
the theory and practice learned in the classroom.
Permission by the department chair.
Law In Libraries
3.00
Addresses the legal and ethical concepts and issues
related to librarianship. Topics include employment law,
intellectual property, civil rights, social responsibility,
intellectual freedom and privacy law particularly as
they relate to libraries. Ethics, values and foundational
principles of the library and information professions are
covered.
Integrated Technologies in Libraries
3.00
A survey of integrated technologies for libraries
examined through case studies, product reviews, and
library marketplace reports; topics include, but not
limited to, the interface design of the OPAC, enhanced
searching applications, technical services modules,
electronic resource management systems, OpenURL
and federated searching applications, and overall
requirements for public access and use of integrated
systems.
Online Information Retrieval
3.00
Web-based information retrieval is explored and
discussed. A variety of search engines, strategies, and
protocols are examined and compared. Prerequisite:
LS 504
Digital Libraries
3.00
Provides an overview of topics concerning digital
libraries, including, but not limited to, organization and
structure, programming interoperability and metadata
standards, project management, intellectual property
rights, and various interface applications. Students are
expected to examine topics of interest concerning digital
libraries, culminating in the preparation of a term project.
Special Topics
3.00
In-depth discussion, study, and research of a topic
related to the role of the library in responding to social
issues, service to special groups, or problem areas. The
following represent typical offerings: (1) Bibliotherapy;
(2) Microcomputers in Libraries; (3) Library Services for
the Gifted; (4) Media and Minorities; (5) Oral History;
(6) Connectivity: Understanding the Information
Infrastructure. A maximum of six credit hours may be
applied toward graduation.
Librs, Lit & The Child
3.00
Opportunity for graduate students to investigate (1)
the nature of children’s literature; (2) the utilization of
children’s literature in school, public and special library
settings; (3) trends in children’s literature as a part of the
total body of literature and as an educational force; and
(4) current research in the field. Biennially.
Pub Libs Rural Am
3.00
Introduction to the public library in the United States,
with special concern for the small rural library. Particular
emphasis on the problems and limitations of such
libraries and approaches for overcoming them.
Issues In Urban Librarianship
3.00
A survey of issues facing all types of libraries located
in urban settings. School, public, and academic
libraries will be discussed in the context of how the
urban environment presents special challenges in

Course Descriptions

Interface Design
3.00
This course overviews theoretical and practical
frameworks for a user centered approach to information
service. The course concentrates on user interface
design for information retrieval systems based on an
understanding of human information seeking behavior.
This course will cover (1) theoretical foundations of
various information behaviors and (2) practical analysis
using user interface design principles, task and user
analysis, user interface evaluation, and usability testing.
Adult Programming for Public Libraries
3.00
An introduction to the literature, history, principles,
strategies and competencies of providing library service
to adults as individuals and in groups; such as: readers
of genre fiction; the independent learner; to populations
of diverse cultural and ethnic backgrounds; older
adults; educationally disadvantages or less literate;
occupational (business, labor, etc.); institutionalized,
etc. Examines the research based knowledge of
adulthood and adult learning, the assessment of a
community, elements of program planning, the diverse
advisory roles of librarians and their implications for the
organization of informational, educational, and cultural
programs and activities. Pre-req LS 500
Evaluation and Assessment of Library and
Information Services
3.00
This course surveys methods of assessing performance
and value with emphasis on evaluating each system
or services in Library and Information Science (LIS)
context. Students are introduced to the range of
evaluative methods related to a variety of library and
information services with an emphasis on service to
users.
Reference Services for Genealogy & Local
History Collections
3.00
Course introduces students to specialized reference
resources for genealogy and local history. Students
will assess the value and use of specific published
documents and primary sources held in library
collections. Major online resources will be examined
and compared. Students will create sample policies
and procedures to deliver effective local history and
genealogy reference services within specific library
settings. Prerequisite: LS 500.
Leadership for Libraries and
Information Centers
3.00
Designed for students preparing to assume the role and
duties of a leader, supervisor, and/or director in the field
of librarianship; Explores the research and models of
leadership relevant to defining and achieving goals in
the library and information center setting; Connects the
role of management with the skills required for effective
leadership; and includes the examination of theory and
practical application of organizational leadership.
Fiscal Management for Libraries and Information
Agencies
3.00
Introduction to fiscal management as a strategic
planning process resulting in the selection of accounting
systems and the development and control of budgets.
Emphasis is on the creation of a financial plan based on
an assessment of fiscal status, an environmental scan,
market survey, and the selection and implementation of
a budget format. Special attention is given to capturing
alternate sources of funding, preparation of grant
proposals and determination of appropriate investment
strategies. Prerequisite: LS 534. Offered once per year.
Genre Fiction and Readers’ Advisory
3.00
Course introduces students to the readers’ advisory
process as a means of assisting library users in
identifying appropriate reading materials to meet
recreational reading needs. Major genres of fiction
(e.g., romance, mystery, adventure, etc.) are examined.
Bibliographic tools to support the reader’s advisory
process are identified and examined.
Research Methodologies in Library Science 3.00
In depth study of quantitative and qualitative research
methodologies as they apply to library science;
emphasis on formulating the research proposal,
conducting studies, analyzing data, reporting findings,

77

Course Descriptions

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

78

Course Descriptions

LS 580

LS 582

LS 583

LS 587

LS 588

LS 589
LS 591

Course Descriptions

LS 592

LS 593

LS 594

CLARION UNIVERSITY

designing, implementing, and managing library services.
Prerequisite: LS 504.
Library Marketing and the Community
3.00
Addresses the following aspects of successful
community analysis and marketing of library services;
the current and potential library users; their specific
information needs; and how the library can provide
adequate service. Offered yearly.
Electronic Resource Management
3.00
Examines the issues involved in the procurement and
use of a variety of electronic resources and associated
programs including, but not limited to, online databases,
ejournals, ebooks, repositories, etc.
Lib Lit And Young Adults
3.00
Examination of the role of the librarian in the selection,
evaluation, and use of materials for junior and senior
high school age persons. Includes a study of young
adult literature and trends affecting its development;
techniques for providing reader advisory services;
methods of reaching and serving multicultural and
special needs audiences; characteristics of the young
adult in contemporary society; and development of
programs and other means of introducing young adults
to books and nonbook media, with special attention to
emerging electronic products and services.
Indexing in the Digital Age
3.00
Course explores indexing methods for online and
traditional resources. Emphasis placed on ability to
manipulate or produce sample indexes and information
object surrogates, such as alphabetical indexes,
thesauri, ontologies, web indexes, folksonomies, and
annotations. Pre-requisite: LS 505.
Pres & Conserv of Lib Ma
3.00
Survey of preservation and conservation activities in
libraries and information centers, including disaster
planning, environmental factors, treatment of brittle
books, library binding, special problems of nonbook
materials, and basic conservation treatments.
Applying Web Technologies in Libraries
3.00
Studies the application and use of emerging Web
content and technologies in diverse library settings.
Bus Ref Sources & Serv
3.00
Surveys the information sources and services typically
found in corporate libraries, public library business
information centers, and other specialized libraries with
a business clientele. Includes in-depth examination
of major business reference tools, as well as in-depth
examination of the special operations, organization, and
management of business libraries and departments of
business information.
Consumer Health Informatics
3.00
Information structures and processes that empower
consumers to manage their own health such as health
information literacy, consumer friendly language, and
personal health records. Internet based strategies and
resources are important for information professionals to
understand in order to assist their communities. Analysis
of consumers’ needs for health information, how to
evaluate accurate and reliable health information,
methods for making health information accessible
to consumers, and models that integrate consumer
preferences into health information systems are the
major focus of this course. Prerequisite: LS 500 & 504.
Offered yearly.
Health Science Librarianship
3.00
Introduction to health science librarianship and overview
of the healthcare environment. Includes an orientation
to the health are field, a review of health sciences library
operations and administration, and discussion of library
service models. Topics include information retrieval,
consumer health outreach services, government agency
and professional association recourses and services,
technology applications, evidence-based medicine, and
health and biomedical informatics. Prerequisite: LS 504.
Programming and Services for Children
3.00
This course provides an examination of the role of
children’s librarians which includes: needs assessments,
planning, evaluation, types of programs and services,
and planning. The past, present, and future of young

children’s services will also be examined. Services
examined include programming, reference, reader’s
advisory and educational. The major emphasis is on
Children’s services in public libraries but connections
with school libraries and other agencies that work with
children are also considered.
LS 595
Program and Services for Young Adults
3.00
This course provides an examination of the role of
young adult/teen librarians which includes: needs
assessments, planning, evaluation, types of programs
and services, and planning. The past, present,
and future of young adult/teen services will also be
examined. The target area will be young adults from
age 12 to 24. Services examined include programming,
reference, reader’s advisory and educational. The major
emphasis is on young adult services in public libraries
but connections with school libraries and other agencies
that work with young adults are also considered.
LS 600
Research in Librarianship
3.00
Intended as capstone experience for students in the
Master of Science in Library Science program. Provides
the opportunity to pursue a research project related
to the student’s area of specialization or interest and
which is based on a research strategies developed
in LS 550. Accreditation assessments administered.
Prerequisites: LS 550 and successful completion of
at least 30 credit hours, including all other required
courses; project approval by advisor, instructor, and
the department chair. For students not seeking initial
teacher certification.
LS 601
Independent Study
3.00
An opportunity for the advanced graduate student
to investigate in depth a facet of librarianship and
to prepare a scholarly paper or project to report his
or her findings. Topic for study must be approved
by the student’s advisor and the department chair.
Prerequisites: four core courses and four elective
courses relevant to the proposed independent study.
Offered on demand.
MAED 501 Teaching Sec Mathematics
3.00
Teachers will learn how to integrate a variety of different
strategies in teaching secondary mathematics. They will
improve their understanding of mathematical concepts
and apply these instructional strategies to improving
student understanding. Prerequisite: Certification in
teaching math. Offered: Summers and occasionally
Spring.
MAED 511 Technology for Teaching Secondary
Mathematics
3.00
This course is designed to give secondary mathematics
teachers an in-depth look at the research on the
impact of technology on teaching and learning
mathematics. Students will learn how to develop and
critique technology experiences and will be exposed
to new technologies and programs that aid in teaching
mathematics. Prerequisite: Certification in teaching
secondary mathematics or permission of instructor.
MAED 532 Teaching Statistical Reasoning
3.00
Quantitative Literacy (QL) has proven to be an exciting,
standards-based approach for teaching statistical
techniques in K-12 classrooms. Through stimulating
practical activities, the TI-83 graphing calculator and the
statistical software FATHOM, teachers in this course will
explore real data focusing on classification, graphing,
sampling, probability, simulation, and inference. This
direct involvement and in-depth training will enable
teachers to experience first-hand the value of QL and
gain confidence in their abilities to incorporate it into
their classrooms. The course will include a fall follow up
session where teachers report the use of a quantitative
reasoning activity in their own classroom. Prerequisite:
certification in teaching secondary-mathematics.
MAED 537 Geometry/Trig for Sec Ed Tchrs
3.00
The course will visit axiom systems, review the core
theorems of high school geometry, consider advanced
topics in Euclidean Geometry, explore Non-Euclidean
Geometries, examine Area and Transformations, look
at trigonometry and have student presentations of a
relatively new geometric topic. Computer software

MAED 550

MAED 551

MAED 556

MAED 571

MAED 581

MAED 585

MAED 590

MGMT 470

MGMT 483

MGMT 500

MGMT 521

MGMT 570

MGMT 620

MGMT 621

MGMT 622

MGMT 623

used. Students will also discuss and develop ways to
incorporate this information into their classroom teaching
and to encourage cross disciplinary connections.
Prerequisite: Degree in mathematical sciences or
permission.
Project Management
3.00
Introduces students to basic project management
concepts and reinforces those concepts through
the use of project management software. Provides
students with the knowledge and skills necessary to
plan, organize and control information technology
projects. Key topics include monitoring and controlling
schedules, progress reporting, risk management, quality
management, cost management as well as contracting
and procurement. Graduate students will analyze a
case study; present it to the class; and provide a 10-15
page written report on the case study analysis to the
instructor. Prerequisites: CIS 301 or MGMT 320 or
permission of instructor.
Compensation Management
3.00
A study of the processes in analyzing, developing,
implementing, administering, and performing on-going
evaluation of a total compensation and benefit system
for all organizational groups. Prerequisite: MGMT 320,
and Prerequisite or Corequisite: MGMT 324. Offered
Spring.
Mgmt Theory and Practice
2.00
Focuses on the development of management thought
and its application. Includes planning, organizing,
controlling, decision-making, motivation, leadership,
work groups, and organizational change and
development. Considers the domestic and international
environments and changing societal values.
Leadership & Organization
3.00
Studies the ways in which leaders, groups and
individuals interact in organizations and how leadership
plays important roles in organizations in today’s
business environments. Covers various leadership and
organization issues including theoretical foundations of
leadership and organizations, roles of top management,
corporate governance, organizational culture and
change, stakeholder analysis, leading and managing
groups, motivation and influence, satisfaction, and
leadership development. Introduces students’ business
competency portfolios.
Project Management
3.00
Introduces students to basic project management
concepts and reinforces those concepts through
the use of project management software. Provides
students with the knowledge and skills necessary
to plan, organize and control projects. Key topics
include monitoring and controlling schedules, progress
reporting, risk management, quality management, cost
management as well as contracting and procurement.
Graduate students will analyze a case study; present it
to the class; and provide a 10-15 page written report on
the case study analysis to the instructor.
Operations Research
3.00
Examines scientific methods that provide managers
with a quantitative basis for making decisions.
Emphasizes deterministic and stochastic methods,
including the transportation method, linear and dynamic
programming, PERT, inventory control, queuing theory,
and Markov analysis. Prerequisite: ECON 222.
Human Resources Mgmt
3.00
A study of human resources management issues and
practices in business organizations. Topics covered
include the analysis and design of jobs, staffing the
organization, training, and development of employees,
and the design and administration of compensation
systems.
Multinational Business
3.00
A study of the nature, organization, and operation of
multinational firms. Selected cases of foreign operations
of multinational corporations are discussed and
analyzed. Prerequisite: MGMT 320 or 500 or 521.
Business Society & Corporate Conduct
3.00
A study of concepts of, and theories about,
interrelationships between business units and society

Course Descriptions

MAED 540

(Geometer’s Sketchpad, Kaliedomania, maple, ...) will
be at the center of the students work. Prerequisite:
Admission into the program or permission of the
instructor. Offered: Summer.
Discrete Math for Teachers 7-12
3.00
A course to review and develop a sound mathematical
foundation for discrete mathematics topics covered in
secondary school mathematics.
Pre-Algebra for Teacher
3.00
Teachers will learn how to integrate a variety of different
strategies in teaching concepts found in pre algebra
(grades 6-8). They will improve their understanding
of the mathematical concepts from an advanced
perspective and apply these instructional strategies
to improving student understanding. Prerequisite:
certification in teaching-mathematics teachers who are
presently teachers of grades 5-9. Offered: Summer.
Algebra & Number Theory for Teachers
3.00
Students will examine pedagogy and use recent
technology to reinforce their understanding of algebra
and number theory topics covered in high school
algebra and how to present them to their students. They
will develop a deeper understanding of the principles
underlying these topics, allowing them greater ability to
adapt their teaching to meet the changing needs of their
students. Additionally, they will look at the effects that
technology is having on the subject matter taught and
the methods of teaching it. Prerequisite: MATH 451 or
equivalent.
Research in Math Tch & Learn
3.00
Students will investigate the research in mathematics
teaching and learning that has been conducted in the
last century, and particularly in the last three decades.
Through this investigation, students will become more
aware of critical issues within the field of mathematics
education. Various areas will be considered, including
teachers’ knowledge and beliefs, students’ learning
in number theory, rational numbers, algebra, and
geometry, technology in mathematics education, and
issues of affect and gender. Prerequisite: Certification
in Secondary Mathematics or permission of instructor.
Offered: Summer
Analysis for Teachers
3.00
This course is designed to give secondary mathematics
teachers an in-depth look at the analysis covered in the
secondary mathematics curriculum. The concept of the
function will be covered in great detail. This course will
also cover the historical development of calculus to gain
greater insight into the fundamental theories of calculus
(secondary level). Prerequisite: certification in teaching
secondary mathematics or permission of instructor.
Problem Solving
3.00
The course is designed to give students experience
solving novel and often open-ended problems in multiple
ways. Posing and solving problems drawn from rational
numbers, number theory, algebra, measurement and
geometry will help students to reinforce and integrate
various strands of their high school mathematics
curriculum and to reason and communicate more
effectively. Prerequisite: Certification in Secondary
Mathematics Education or ED 339: Meth of Teach
& Eval Math and permission of instructor. Offered:
Summer
App & Math Model for Teacher
3.00
A course to use mathematics in representing and
solving real world problems. Mathematical concepts
from middle school and high school mathematics will be
applied to problems in social, physical, and biological
sciences. Pedagogical and assessment issues will
be studied. Prerequisite: Certification in teaching
mathematics, or mathematical science teachers in
grades 7 through 12. Highly recommended: calculus,
linear algebra, differential equations, or statistics.
Offered: Summer.
Historical Dev of Mathematics
3.00
Students will explore the development of mathematics,
from the early development of numeration systems
to modern mathematics. They will learn how the
technology and culture of different places and times
affected the topics developed as well as the methods

79

Course Descriptions

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

80

Course Descriptions

MGMT 625

MGMT 626

MGMT 627

MGMT 628

MGMT 632

MGMT 650

Course Descriptions

MGMT 655

MGMT 665

MGMT 675

CLARION UNIVERSITY

in general. Employs the concepts and theories in
the analysis of complex environmental problems
encountered by business managers. Prerequisite:
MGMT 521 or permission of the MBA Director.
Negotiations/Arbitrat
3.00
A synthesis of industrial relations theory and practice.
The union/employer relationship will be explored from
the union organization drive through the continued
negotiation of collective bargaining agreements, and
attendant grievance arbitration procedures.
Global Operations Management and
Information Systems
3.00
Traditional Operations Management is taught via lecture
while integrating the use of Information Systems and
Supply Chains. Case analysis is integrated into the
course with analyses that are based on Operations,
Information Systems, and Supply Chains as they
operate globally.
Entrepreneurial Leadership Seminar
3.00
Hands-on approach to the study of small business as it
applies to the various sectors of the economy. Students
gain direct exposure to small business through the
development of a formal business plan for a new small
business. Emphasizes the entrepreneurial activities
involved as they relate to this process. Prerequisite:
MGMT 521 or permission of the MBA Director. Once
every three semesters.
Entrepreneurship
3.00
Explores entrepreneurship and the entrepreneurial
process associated with new venture formation.
Emphasizes creativity and innovation as they relate
to the initiation of a new business. Highlights the
preparation involved in the formation of a new venture,
developing the entrepreneurial plan, and adapting
to contemporary challenges facing the entrepreneur.
Prerequisite: MGMT 521 or permission of the MBA
Director. Once every three semesters.
Healthcare Management Information
Systems
3.00
This course provides the student with a foundation in
healthcare management systems and technology. The
discussion will examine the role that health management
systems play in improving and managing healthcare
services, efficiency, and innovation. The course will also
examine various technologies emerging in healthcare.
Offered annually.
Quality Management
3.00
Examines Total Quality Management (TQM), including
the philosophies and principles of Deming, Juran, and
Crosby. Focuses on the management and continuous
improvement of quality and productivity in manufacturing
and service organizations. Includes quality
measurement, quality assurance, giving employees
responsibility for quality, the team approach to quality,
employee recognition, and various TQM tools and
techniques.
Managing Healthcare Organizations
3.00
This course provides the student with an overview of the
U.S. healthcare system and current issues managers
face. Students will examine the role that management
plays in planning, organizing, controlling and leading
healthcare organizations into the future. They will
also examine various managerial roles at various
levels. International comparisons may be included.
Prerequisite: MGMT 320 or 500 or 521. Offered
annually.
Labor Relations & Public Policy
3.00
Examines the industrial relations functions as they
relate to federal, state, and local statutes and industrial
policies. Includes OSHA, EEOA, NLRA, LMRA, and
LMRDA, workers’ compensation, and unemployment
compensation. Prerequisite: MGMT 521 or permission of
the MBA Director. Offered Fall.
Nonprofit Management
3.00
Students learn key topics and trends in the nonprofit
sector, along with the fields of social entrepreneurship,
governing boards, philanthropy, earned income
strategies, advocacy, lobbying, fundraising and

MGMT 680

MGMT 683

MGMT 685

MGMT 686

MKTG 461

MKTG 468

MKTG 500

MKTG 560

leadership, which are the building blocks for the
administration of not-for-profit organizations. Through
classic and current, domestic and international cases,
students review and assess how management theory
and practice apply in this fast-growing sector of the
economy. A service-learning team project gives students
practical experience. Prerequisite: MGMT 521 or
permission of the MBA Director. Offered as needed.
Innovation & Entrepreneurship
3.00
This course will provide students with the ability to learn
how to innovate, change, transform, revolutionize, and
provide new ideas. The course will provide students the
tools such as market research and the understanding
how to take their new concept to market. Students
will learn how to make sure the idea is viable before
investing financial resources through a feasibility
analysis. Students will also learn the importance of a
business plan and how the business plan must help the
owner(s), employee(s), and investors(s) gain confidence
on how your new concept will meet customer’s needs.
Compensation Management
3.00
A study of the processes in analyzing, developing,
implementing, administering, and performing on-going
evaluation of a total compensation and benefit system
for all organizational groups. Prerequisite: MGMT 521 or
permission of the MBA Director. Offered Spring.
Entrepreneurial Enterprise Sustainability
3.00
This course will provide the students the ability to
understand the benefits of networking. Learn how to
efficiently and effectively build contacts and develop
networks. Learn the strategies of funding throughout the
growth of the new business and the ability to sustain the
business with the constant changing of the markets and
technologies.
Occupational Safety Management
3.00
Provides students with information concerning
management techniques, government regulations
and safety, and health program development within
organizational settings. Prerequisite: MGMT 521 or
permission of the MBA Director. Offered fall.
Marketing Research
3.00
Marketing managers gather and analyze information to
make better decisions. This course provides a complete
introduction to marketing research and related concepts
along with their application in the real-word. Students
will get first-hand experience of the breath and depth of
research and its significance by applying the knowledge
to solve marketing problems for a firm, whether a
start-up or an established company. Along with the
major research project, students will learn research
design, including qualitative and quantitative data, and
quantitative methods use for analyzing research data to
make decisions. Prerequisites: ECON 222 or 230 and
MKTG 360.
Buyer Behavior
3.00
Examines theories, models, recent research, and
research techniques in consumer motivation and
decision making, and buyer-seller interaction, including
consumer buyers, business and organizational buyers.
Includes traditional consumer marketing, business-tobusiness and e-marketing issues. Prerequisite: MKTG
360. On demand.
Prin of Marketing
2.00
The process in our society by which needs and
wants of consumers are anticipated and satisfied. An
examination of a systems approach to and analysis of
the organizational function and the set of processes
for creating, communicating and delivering value to
customers and for managing customer relationships in
ways that benefit the organization and its stakeholders.
Students develop an understanding of the increasing
complexity of the modern marketing system, why it is
essential, and how it performs in both domestic and
international marketing situations. Prerequisites: ECON
175 or 212, and junior standing.
Mktg Decision Making
3.00
The analysis of marketing concepts and problems from
a managerial point of view. Emphasis is placed upon
planning, organizing, and controlling of marketing and

MKTG 570

MKTG 604

MKTG 661

MKTG 665

MKTG 669

MKTG 673

MKTG 691

my paid ads?”, and “Should I invest in this new analytics
tool?” Prerequisite: MKTG 560 or permission of the MBA
Director.
NFSS 542 Introduction to Corrective Exercise
3.00
This course entails the investigation of the rationale for
corrective exercise training and understanding human
movement science and human movement impairments
for the practicing or prospective professional. It will
also include the learning of health risk appraisals,
assessment strategies, and the corrective exercise
continuum.
NFSS 543 Corrective Exercise Application
3.00
This course entails the investigation of specific
corrective exercise strategies for the practicing or
prospective professional. These include: inhibitory,
activation, and integration skills as well as corrective
exercise techniques for the foot and ankle, knee, lumbopelvic-hip complex, shoulder, elbow, wrist, cervical
spine and other limitations that result from disabling
conditions. Prerequisite: ATSW 542 - Introduction to
Corrective Exercise
NFSS 556 Athl Injur: Prev, Recog & Eval
3.00
Presents the latest principles and techniques for
preventing common athletic injuries. New theories on
the care of injuries are discussed and implemented.
Students will be provided with the knowledge and
skills necessary to help provide a safe environment for
athletes while they are participating in sports. Also, in
an emergency, students will learn how to help sustain
life and minimize the consequences of injury or sudden
illness until medical help arrives. Students in this class
will earn a Sport Safety Training Certificate from the Red
Cross. Summer course for Act 48 requirements.
NFSS 557 Phys Fund of Ath Coaching
3.00
Study of the scientific principles of physiology and
how they can be applied to athletic conditioning. Both
muscular and energy fitness development are covered
in detail. Sport nutrition and a wide variety of training
methods are covered. Summer course for Act 48
requirements.
NFSS 558 Prin & Prob of Athl Coaching
3.00
Study of modern theory and practices of athletic
coaching, including: philosophy, sport psychology, risk
management, team management, self management,
teaching sport skills, and problems and issues of
concern in athletics. Summer course for Act 48
requirements.
NFSS 559 Kinesiological Found Ath Coach
3.00
Helps coaches understand basic scientific information
concerning athletic movement. Biomechanics
emphasize the analysis of motion and application of
force. Applies scientific principles to effective teaching of
athletic skills. Summer course for Act 48 requirements.
NFSS 565 Controversies and Implications of Concussions
(MTBI) in Sport
3.00
This course will investigate and evaluate the different
controversies surrounding what seems to be a
concussion epidemic particularly in the arena of sport.
Recent data shows that concussions are reported
primarily in sports at all levels. The media coverage of
concussions following law suits of the National Football
League and recent settlement by the NCAA has shown
a light on the need for specific protocols that are in line
with best practice athletic medicine as well as the state
law that protects the public regarding who are trained
and licensed health care professionals identified, what
their function is and what their status is regarding
return to play. The course will investigate the different
components to an institution concussion policy as well
as identification of signs and symptoms of TBI that is in
line with current research and the recommendations of
the neuroscience community. Offered fall, annually.
NURS 475 Comprehensive Treatment of Chemical
Dependency
3.00
This course explores the effects of chemical
dependency on the human body and provides in depth
knowledge of the evidence-based treatment options.
Knowledge gained in this course will prepare students
to apply the concepts of treatment across the care
continuum. Offered as needed.

Course Descriptions

MKTG 562

e-marketing activities and their integration with the
objectives and policies of the firm. Both domestic and
multinational marketing concepts are addressed in this
course.
Channels of Distributions
3.00
A study of components of a vertical marketing system
and of the methods for making them effective. Also
included are means of evaluating alternative marketing
systems and the development of international marketing
channels as well as e-marketing systems. Prerequisite:
MKTG 360 or 500 or 560.
Real Estate Market and Investment
Analysis
3.00
This course will examine the fundamentals of real estate
analysis. It will explore real property law, appraisal,
finance, market and investment analysis, and property
management.
Marketing Research
3.00
Marketing managers gather and analyze information to
make better decisions. This course provides a complete
introduction to marketing research and related concepts
along with their application in the real-world. Students
will get first-hand experience of the breadth and depth of
research and its significance by applying the knowledge
to solve marketing problems for a firm, whether a
start-up or an established company. Along with the
major research project, students will learn research
design, including qualitative and quantitative data, and
quantitative methods used for analyzing research data
to make decisions. Prerequisite: MKTG 560 and BSAD
503 or permission of the MBA Director.
Marketing Strategies
3.00
Study of strategies for attaining a suitable ?marketing
mix? for various types of entities including e-marketers.
Marketing knowledge from previous courses and
experiences will be applied to the formation of overall
programs for dealing with both international and
domestic marketing problems. Prerequisite: MKTG 560
or permission of the MBA Director.
Marketing Problems
3.00
Utilizes the case and/or simulation gaming methods
to consider the problems faced by the producer and
reseller, including traditional marketing and e-marketing
issues. Prerequisite: MKTG 560 or permission of the
MBA Director. Offered Spring.
International Marketing
3.00
Analytical approach to study marketing and e-marketing
management decisions involving multinational
operations. Focuses on the management of the
marketing functions within the multinational corporation.
Prerequisite: MKTG 560 or permission of the MBA
Director. On demand.
Marketing for Nonprofits
3.00
Students will learn marketing strategies for nonprofit,
charitable, and nongovernmental organizations
through a survey of marketing concepts within the
context of businesses that have no profit orientation.
They will review well-know, emergent, domestic and
international cases and assess how marketing research,
communications, and related functions apply in this
fast-growing sector. Application of these concepts on a
service-learning or social entrepreneurship project will
give students practical experience. Prerequisite: MKTG
560 or permission of the MBA Director. Offered in fall
semester.
Digital Marketing and Analytics
3.00
This course helps students design and implement
effective marketing campaigns, and quantitatively and
qualitatively evaluate the digital marketing landscape
to aid in the effectiveness of business decisions and
digital marketing campaigns in particular. Major topics
covered are digital marketing themes, communication
platforms, content marketing, digital advertising, realtime marketing, marketing automation, search engine
optimization (SEO) and search engine marketing (SEM),
social media, mobile, and measurement. Students will
also gain experience addressing questions such as:
“What it the ROI of my social media initiative?”, “What
are users saying about my brand?”, “How should I target

81

Course Descriptions

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

82

Course Descriptions

NURS 601

NURS 602

NURS 603

NURS 607

Course Descriptions

NURS 609

NURS 611

NURS 612

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Adv Concepts In Pathophy
3.00
This course is devoted to the study of the physiological
process of disease and the body’s response to this
process. It is the goal of the course to present broad
physiological principles that advance nurse practitioners
can apply to their clinical experiences. Specific
diseases will be used to exemplify pathophysiological
concepts, and treatment is examined at the molecular
level as response to the pathophysiology. The
course investigates exogenous causes of diseases
emphasizing infection, inflammation, and the immune
response as well as endogenous diseases of the
nervous, endocrine, cardiovascular, hepatic, pulmonary,
and renal systems. Fall, annually
Pharmacologic Applic
3.00
This course will cover principles of pharmacology as
applied to advanced nursing practice. This includes drug
effectiveness, mechanism, and interaction. Emphasis
will be on the pharmacological action of drugs on
specific organ systems and the clinical use of drugs
in treatment of disease conditions. Emphasis will be
on critical decision making skills in the selection of
drug therapy, doses of drugs, routes of administration
and preferred therapy. This course focuses on
pharmacological implications for the family nurse
practitioner in working with individuals across the life
span. Prerequisite: NURS 601. Spring, annually and as
needed.
Quality and Safety in Healthcare
3.00
This course introduces foundational principles, concepts
and methods for promoting and improving healthcare
quality and patient safety at the micro-, meso-, and
marco-system levels. Provides foundational principles,
concepts and methods for promoting and improving
healthcare quality and patient safety. Offered annually
and as needed.
Advanced Pharmacology for the
Non-Presciber
2.00
This course is designed to cover principles of
pharmacology as applied to advanced nursing practice
including nurse educators and nurse leaders. The
course includes an overview of drug effectiveness,
mechanisms and interactions. The focus is on the
pharmacological actions of drugs on specific organ
systems and the clinical use of drugs to treat disease
conditions Pharmacogenomics and pharmacokinetics
are incorporated into course content. Critical decisionmaking skills are essential in evaluating patients
to assess whether drugs, dosages and route of
administration are appropriate and achieving desired
outcomes. The needs of individuals across the life span
is integrated throughout the course so that appropriate
patient interventions and education strategies are used
when teaching patients how to treat or manage their
diseases. Offered annually and as needed.
Advanced Evidence Based Practice
3.00
This course focuses on the elements of evidence-based
practice. Identifying clinical/research questions and
critically analyzing current nursing and health related
research provides the basis for translation of the
evidence into day-to-day practice. Integration of existing
evidence with clinical judgement forms the basis for
improvement in patient, population, and organizational
outcomes. Offered spring annually.
Family Nurse Practitioner Role Transition 2.00
This course prepares students for successful
development from the role of RN to that of practicing
family nurse practitioner. the evolving role of the family
nurse practitioner will be explored as will approaches for
employment contract/collaborating agreements, practice
development, and advancing professional standards.
Professional, ethical, and legal accountability are
emphasized. Prerequisite: NURS 601, 602, 609, 614.
Offered summer annually.
Clinical Diagnostics
1.00
This course builds on previous knowledge of basic
mircobiology, physiology. The focus of the course is
application of diagnostic methods and procedures
typically carried out in various practice roles and sites.

NURS 614

NURS 615

NURS 616

NURS 625

NURS 626

NURS 627

NURS 636

The content addresses selected common laboratory and
imaging tests applicable to NP practice, the rationale
for these tests, expected results and common abnormal
results. The legal, ethical and financial consequences of
testing will be reviewed. Prerequisite: NURS 601/602.
Offered summer annually.
Health Promo: Fam & Comm Pers
3.00
This course introduces the advanced practice nurse
student to health promotion and disease prevention
strategies for families and communities. Students will
explore principles of family theory, established models of
family development, epidemiology, and demography. An
opportunity will be given to develop intervention plans
to improve wellness based on risk assessment and
knowledge of national standards of clinical preventive
services. Fall, annually.
Advanced Health Assessment
4.00
This course builds upon the basic assessment skills
of the nurse. It prepares the advanced practice
nurse to conduct focused and comprehensive health
assessments of clients across the lifespan. The process
of diagnostic reasoning is emphasized as the primary
means of collecting and analyzing data obtained from
the client history, physical examination, and diagnostic
procedures. Two hours lecture weekly. Must be taken
concurrently with NURS 616. Prerequisite or Corequisites: NURS 601. Offered fall annually and as
needed.
Advanced Health Assessment Practicum
3.00
Provides opportunity for the student to implement
the objectives identified in NURS 615. Students may
select experiences from a variety of clinical settings
appropriate to the course focus. Three clinical hours
weekly. This course must be taken as a co-requisite to
NURS 615. Prerequisite or co-requisite: NURS 601.
Fall, annually and as needed.
Health Assessment & Diagnostic Reasoning 2.00
This course builds upon the physical assessment skills
of the registered nurse. The course is designed to
prepare the advanced practice-nurse to conduct and
instruct the method of focused and comprehensive
health assessments of clients across the lifespan. This
course will focus on the patient interview and collection
of assessment data including the active and inactive
patient health problems. The concept of differential
diagnosis introduced to the advanced practice nurse in
support of the diagnosis and management of diseases
by health care providers. Critical thinking and clinical
judgement is emphasized as the means for data
analysis obtained from the client history and physical
examination. Offered summer and as needed.
Primary Care I
3.00
The focus of this course is on developing skills in
gathering clinical data, diagnostic reasoning, and clinical
reasoning. Analysis and synthesis of patient data to
evaluate and appropriately mange acute and chronic
illness across the lifespan is emphasized. Prerequisite:
NURS 601, 602, 609, 611, 612, 614, 615, 616, 645,
646, 647; Concurrently with NURS 627. Offered summer
annually.
Primary Care I Seminar/Practicum
3.00
This seminar/clinical practicum includes a 64-hour
clinical practicum that gives students an opportunity
to implement the objectives identified in NURS 626.
Students will select clinical settings that provide
opportunities for health promotion, disease prevention,
and diagnosis and management of acute and chronic
health conditions across the lifespan. Additional seminar
time will include virtual grand rounds and other sessions
to augment the clinical experiences. Prerequisite: NURS
601, 602, 609, 611, 612, 614, 615, 616, 645, 646, 647;
Concurrently with NURS 627. Offered summer annually.
Pediatric Primary Care
3.00
This course focuses on primary approaches to
the health care needs of pediatric patients from
birth to emerging adulthood. Topics will include
health promotion, disease prevention and disease
management with an emphasis on anticipatory guidance
and early detection of health, developmental, and

NURS 645

NURS 646

NURS 647

NURS 656

NURS 657

NURS 670

NURS 679

NURS 681

NURS 682

RE 570

REHB 405

REHB 406

REHB 410

diseases in adults. Additional seminar time will include
virtual grand rounds and other sessions to augment the
clinical experiences. Prerequisite: NURS 601, 602, 609,
611, 612, 614, 615, 616, 626, 627, 636, 637, 645, 646,
647; Concurrently with NURS 656. Offered annually.
Foundations in Nursing Education: Roles and
Responsibilities of the Nurse Educator
3.00
This course is designed to explore the roles,
responsibilities, and competencies of the nurse educator
in clinical practice, the community, and academic
settings. Students will gain an understanding of the
educator’s role and responsibilities. Teaching strategies
and effectiveness will be explored while considering
findings in evidence-based practice. Internal and
external factors that can influence education will also be
explored. An emphasis is paced on life-long learning for
the nurse educator through scholarship and service to
the community. Offered annually and as needed.
Design and Technology Enhanced Learning 3.00
Prepares students to design nursing courses utilizing
syllabi, topical outlines students learning outcomes.
Students will design courses intended to be delivered
in various modalities utilizing learning management
systems. Emphasis will also be on the use of simulation
as a learning modality. Prerequisite: NURS 670. Offered
spring and as needed.
Nurse Educator Practicum I
3.00
In this high-impact practice practicum, students will
complete 135 hours in a clinical setting with a nurse
educator preceptor. Emphasis will be placed on learning
outcomes, learning strategies, and measurement of
learning. Settings may include academic settings, online
settings, simulation labs, inpatient settings in acute care
facilities, community health agencies, extended care
facilities, family health clinics, rehabilitation institutes,
and any other agency where care is given individuals
or families. Learners are encouraged to work with both
beginning and advanced students. Prerequisite: NURS
670, 675, 676, 677, 679, and Co-requisite: 677. Offered
summer, annually and as needed.
Nurse Educator Practicum II
3.00
In this high-impact practice practicum, students will
complete 135 hours in a classroom setting with a nurse
educator preceptor. Emphasis will be placed on learning
outcomes, strategies, and measurement of learning in
the classroom. The classroom may be in the academic
setting, clinical agency, or community setting. Learners
are encouraged to work with both beginning and
advanced students. Prerequisite: NURS 670, 675, 676,
677, 679, 681. Offered fall annually and as needed.
Real Estate Market and Investment Analysis 3.00
This course will examine the fundamentals of real estate
analysis. It will explore real property law, appraisal,
finance, market and investment analysis, and property
management.
Substance Abuse
3.00
Participants study the physiological and psychosocial
implication of drug or alcohol abuse, over-medication,
and drug dependence, emphasizing intervention,
advocacy, treatment, and prevention. Fall Semester.
Opioid Abuse
3.00
This course includes an overview of the history of drugs
of abuse and the biological bases of behavior including
the neurological mechanisms of addiction. General
categories of addictive substances are surveyed before
embarking upon a more in-depth exploration of opioid
compounds. The medicinal properties of a range of both
licit and illicit opioids are discussed, as is the related
abuse potential. Medications used to treat opioid use
disorder are covered, as are the strategies of opioid
substitution, opioid antagonism and harm reduction.
Offered as needed.
Prevention and Treatment Strategies in
Substance Abuse
3.00
Participants engage in the study of societal pressures,
attempts to prevent substance abuse, and treatment
strategies along with the comparative analysis of
efficacy. Offered spring semester annually.

Course Descriptions

NURS 637

behavioral issues. All dimensions of development
and the total health of the family are considered.
Prerequisite: NURS 601, 602, 609, 611, 612, 614, 615,
616, 626, 627, 645, 646, 647; Concurrently with NURS
637. Offered fall annually.
Pediatric Primary Care Seminar/Practicum 3.00
This seminar/practicum includes 96 hours of clinical
practicum that gives students an opportunity to
implement the objectives identified in NURS 636.
Students will select clinical settings that provide
opportunities for age-appropriate health promotion,
disease prevention, and diagnosis and management of
common acute and chronic health problems in pediatric
patients from birth to emerging adulthood. Additional
seminar time will include virtual grand rounds and
other sessions to augment the clinical experiences.
Prerequisite: NURS 601, 602, 609, 611, 612, 614, 615,
616, 626, 627, 645, 646, 647; Concurrently with NURS
636. Offered fall annually.
Nursing & Public Policy
2.00
This course examines the implications of health care
financing, structuring, labor market trends, and current
health care reform proposals for nursing in general and
for advanced practice nursing specifically. Additionally,
the student will be stimulated to appreciate the critical
need for nurses to engage in activities, individually and
as members of professional organizations, that will
enhance the position of nursing in influencing health
care policy and legislation at all levels-local, state, and
federal. A pervasive theme throughout the course is the
ultimate goal of improving the health care of our citizens.
Spring, annually.
Women’s Health/Gender Related Care
3.00
The focus of this course is holistic women’s health and
gender related care for patients across the life span.
This course includes the care of women, men and
LGBTQ individuals incorporating health promotion,
wellness maintenance disease prevention, early
detection of disease, and prompt treatment of acute and
chronic illness. The inter relationship of gender, social
class, culture, sexual orientation, economic status,
and socio-political power differentials will be covered.
Critical thinking, diagnostic reasoning, and evidencebased practice guidelines for acute and chronic disease
management are emphasized. Prerequisite: NURS 601,
602, 609, 611, 612, 614, 615, 616, 645; Concurrently
with NURS 647. Offered annually.
Women’s Health Seminar/Practicum
3.00
This seminar/practicum includes 64 hours of clinical
practicum that gives students an opportunity to
implement the objectives identified in NURS 646.
Students must select a clinical experience in a women’s
health practice or alternative clinical settings that
provide opportunities for health promotion, wellness
maintenance, disease prevention, early detection of
disease, and prompt treatment of common genderspecific health problems. Additional seminar time
will include virtual grand rounds and other sessions
to augment the clinical experiences. Prerequisite:
NURS 601, 602, 609, 611, 612, 614, 615, 616, 645;
Concurrently with NURS 646. Offered annually.
Primary Care II
3.00
This course continues from NURS 626. Its focus is
continuing development skills in gathering clinical
data, diagnostic reasoning and clinical reasoning.
Analysis and synthesis of patient data to evaluate and
appropriately mange acute and chronic illness across
the lifespan is emphasized. Prerequisite: NURS 601,
602, 609, 611, 612, 614, 615, 616, 626, 627, 636, 637,
645, 646, 647; Concurrently with NURS 657. Offered
spring annually.
Primary Care II Seminar/Practicum
3.00
This seminar/clinical practicum includes a 224-hour of
clinical practicum that gives students an opportunity
to implement the objectives identified in NURS 656.
Students will select clinical settings that provide
opportunities for health promotion, disease prevention,
and diagnosis and management with an emphasis on
advanced illness care and the management of chronic

83

Course Descriptions

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

84

Course Descriptions

REHB 421

REHB 534

SCED 501

SCED 502

SCED 503

SCED 505

Course Descriptions

SCED 538

SCED 541

SCED 555

SCED 563

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Advocacy and Public Policy in Addictions
and Recovery
3.00
This course provides students with a theoretical and
applied knowledge of the critical aspects of individual
advocacy and systems advocacy in the world of
chemical dependency prevention and treatment. The
student will become familiar with current addictions
legislation on public policy and their intended and
unintended impact on individuals and communities.
Students will formulate plans to foster positive change
and learn methods of effective advocacy to positively
change services, policies, laws, and rules. Prerequisite:
REHB 406 & 410. Offered annually.
Post -Concussive Social and Emotional
Wellness and Recovery
3.00
The primary purpose of this course is to provide an
examination of various ways concussion can impact
social and emotional functioning. The identification of
general conditions that are shown to promote postconcussive wellness and recovery will be explored, as
well as the identification of an individual’s environmental
and personal resiliency and protective factors and ways
these strengths might be utilized to help the client obtain
a pre-injury level of functioning. Prerequisite: Graduate
status.
Sem in Sci Misconception
3.00
A survey of current literature in the area of science
misconceptions. Each student will research a topic
and develop interviews and surveys to determine the
misconceptions in the area. Fall, odd-numbered years.
Investigative Tech
3.00
Enables elementary, middle, and junior high school
teachers to use investigative techniques and the
process approach in their own classrooms. Investigative
techniques focus on developing skills in science
processes such as observing, classifying, formulating
hypotheses, collecting and analyzing data, and
designing experiments. Includes experiences with
modern elementary and junior high school science
curricula. Two lecture and two lab hours. Fall, annually.
Special Topics Sci Ed
4.00
Studies of topical material under the guidance of the
instructor. Maximum credit allowable toward graduation:
9 credits. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and
the student;s graduate committee. On demand.
Investigations in the Sciences
3.00
Presents a survey of types of investigations.
Emphasizes typical investigations which may be used as
models for classroom use. Students will experiment with
published experiments within their discipline and at the
appropriate grade level as well as design their own. Two
hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Fall, even-numbered
years.
Science Curriculum
3.00
This course is designed to come late in the program
when the student will have an adequate background for
discussions centered around the various approaches
to the teaching of science in the elementary, middle,
and secondary schools. A study of the principles of
curriculum construction, including curriculum origins,
goals, objectives, scope and sequence, and evaluation.
Spring, annually.
Science Internship
4.00
Gives practical experiences in working with teachers
and children as a specialist in science teaching,
supervising, and assisting in curriculum work. On
demand.
History of Science
3.00
A study of the history of science with accent on the way
in which broad scientific principles have developed and
those who played a part. On demand.
Projects Astronomy
1.00
Emphasizes the selection and preparation of
demonstrations and projects in astronomy for teachers
of elementary and secondary schools. Summer, on
demand.

SCED 570 Local Sch Cur Dev
3.00
Assists individual or groups of teachers with sufficient
science background to develop, improve, or implement
science curricula for the elementary and secondary
schools. Focuses on the production of curricular
materials for actual use and evaluation. Permission of
instructor. Each semester. May be repeated (as topics
vary) for nine credits.
SCED 576 Sci Tech & Soc: Topics
3.00
Interdisciplinary course designed to acquaint students
with information, curricula and teaching methodologies
appropriate for integrating STS topics into science and
social studies instruction. Includes topics in nature
of science, history of science, history of technology,
ethical decision-making, and the influences of changes
in science and technology on society. Required for all
secondary science and social studies education majors.
Spring semester.
SPED 418 Excep Reg Class Id & Ser
3.00
Prepares students to deal with the nature and needs
of the exceptional person in the regular classroom.
Examines contemporary methods of identification,
services for the exceptional individual, and legal aspects
of the least restrictive environment. Prerequisite:
Sophomore standing.
SPED 441 Tch Stu w/ Disabilities In Sec
3.00
This course will prepare educators with the skills and
knowledge to deliver and support instruction to students
with disabilities in secondary classroom settings.
Prerequisite: SPED 418.
SPED 442 Diff Inst In Inclusive Setting
3.00
This course focuses on planning, designing, and
delivering differentiated instruction to an increasingly
diverse general education population, including students
with disabilities, students who are gifted, students at
risk, and students with cultural differences. Prerequisite:
SPED 418.
SPED 443 Prev & Trmt Acad & Learning
3.00
This course will review the practice of prevention
and intervention in dealing with students who are
academically deficient, including, response-tointervention, scientifically-based instruction, and the
teacher, learner, curriculum interface. Prerequisite:
SPED 418.
SPED 462 Educational Assessment
3.00
Assists students in acquiring knowledge and skills
needed for decision-making regarding individuals with
disabilities or suspected disabilities, and apply these
skills in case studies. Prerequisites: SPED 128, SPED
129, SPED 245. Each semester.
SPED 482 Special Mathematics Instruct
3.00
Provides students with specific data-based strategies
to teach mathematics to students with disabilities.
Prerequisites: SPED 128, 129, 245, MATH 111.
SPED 500 Contemp Issues
3.00
Participants engage in problem-centered analyses
and investigations, and in determination of responses
relative to the contemporary issues confronting special
education.
SPED 501 Found for Lit Inst Excep Read
3.00
Students will be provided an historical perspective
concerning the teaching of reading and the relationships
between psychological, sociological, and linguistic
processes and how these influence reading and writing
development.
SPED 502 Curr Des & Mat Tch Excep Read
3.00
This course examines the theory and practices of
curriculum development and related issues in teaching
reading to learners with exceptionalities. In addition it
covers issues related to children’s literature.
SPED 503 Ed Assess for Excep Readers
3.00
In this course, students are taught the concepts,
knowledge, and competencies required for specialized
formal and informal reading assessment, interpretation,
and diagnosis for grades pre-K to 12. Prerequistie:
SPED 462

characteristics of learners who are gifted and talented;
identification procedures; individual learning differences;
specialized needs of learners who are gifted and
talented; service delivery options including acceleration
and enrichment; grouping strategies; and gifted
curriculum models.
SPED 519 Statistical Applications and Research Methods
for Counselors
3.00
This course provides the statistical background
necessary for research design and evaluation. Topics
covered include descriptive statistics, probability, and
statistical inference. Students will become familiar with
statistical techniques including correlations, chi-square,
t-tests, analysis of variance, and simple regression.
This course provides the essential knowledge and skills
required to be both critical consumers and producers
of research. Students are introduced to all phases of
quantitative and qualitative research design, analysis,
and evaluation. Ethical standards of practitioner
generated research are emphasized throughout.
Prerequisite: Graduate Status.
SPED 521 Autism Spectrum Disorders
3.00
This course provides an overview of autism spectrum
disorders, including history, incidence and prevalence,
etiology, diagnosis, current research, characteristics and
learning traits, co-morbid conditions, impact on family,
and social ethical issues surrounding ASD.
SPED 522 Special Educ Class Admin
3.00
In addition to mastering instructional strategies
and curricular content, today’s special education
teachers are required to be knowledgeable about
various theories, policies, and procedures necessary
for the complex daily administration of the special
education program. Competencies included in this
course will be: adapting the classroom environment
to meet the physical, academic and emotional needs
of the students; classroom management techniques;
development of the IEP, behavior and transition
plans; and collaboration with other professionals,
paraprofessionals and parents.
SPED 526 Clin Prac for High Inc Disab
1.00
This practicum places teacher candidates into field
settings involving people with high incidence disabilities
who use an individualized curriculum. Teacher
candidates will match instruction with learner, goal,
and curriculum characteristics; identify and implement
appropriate instructional strategies and sequences; and
evaluate the effectiveness of instruction. Prerequisites:
SPED 128, 129, 245, 380, 462, 482. Must be taken
concurrently with SPED 5/444. Fall and Spring, every
year.
SPED 527 Clin Prac for Low Inc Disab
1.00
This practicum places teacher candidates into field
settings involving people with low incidence disabilities
who use an individualized independence curriculum.
Teacher candidates will match instruction with
learner, goal, and curriculum characteristics; identify
and implement appropriate instructional strategies
and sequences; and evaluate the effectiveness of
instruction. Prerequisites: SPED 128, 129, 245, 380,
462, 482. Must be taken concurrently with SPED 5/446.
Fall and Spring, every year.
SPED 528 Assistive Technology
2.00
Overview of a wide range of assistive technology
devices for individuals with mild to severe disabilities.
Demonstration of devices, laboratory experience,
assessment, and identification of funding resources.
Prerequisites: SPED 128, 129, 245, 381, & 462. Offered
fall and spring.
SPED 530 Learning Disability
3.00
Participants acquire knowledge and skills for designing
diagnostic/prescriptive programs in perceptual-motor,
cognitive, linguistic, academic, social, and career
domains for individuals with specific learning disabilities.
SPED 533 Program Curricula Design and Monitoring 3.00
Applied Behavior Analysis/Competent Learner Model
(ABA/CLM) Program Curriculum Design and Monitoring
is the third competency-based course in a five to seven
course sequence Leading to the ABA/CLM Advanced

Course Descriptions

SPED 504 Tch Emergent & Dev Excep Read
3.00
This course is designed to provide students with
research-based techniques and strategies that are
required to promote the growth from emergent to
conventional reading, writing, and literacy concepts for
children with disabilities. Prerequisite: SPED 501
SPED 506 Tch Excep Adol w/Reading Prob
3.00
This course will prepare teacher candidates to address
the challenges presented in the curriculum area of
reading for secondary students with high incidence
disabilities. Specifically, content addressed in this
course include classroom reading assessment,
instructional strategies, and special consideration
in reading instruction for adolescents with highincidence disabilities in general education classrooms.
Prerequisite: SPED 501
SPED 507 Writ & Vis Exp for Excep Read
3.00
This course presents evidence-based practices for
enhancing the writing and visual literacy of elementary
and secondary students. It also presents effective
strategies for teaching writing to multilingual students
with special needs. Prerequisite: SPED 501
SPED 508 Prof Sem: Del Evd-Based Instr
3.00
Teacher candidates will examine evidence based
reading instruction as it applies to individuals with
disabilities. Integration of research and best practices
will serve as the core of this course as well as
developing skills to serve in leadership positions on
response to intervention (RTI) teams. Prerequisites:
SPED 504 and SPED 506
SPED 509 Interv Specialist St Teaching
6.00
Observation and participation in intervention in reading
and/or mathematics and in activiites related to the
performance of an intervention specialist’s work.
Prerequisites: Completion of ED 574, SPED 501, 502,
503, 504, 506 and 507 with minimum grade of C, a
cumulative QPA of 3.0; and the issuance of required
state clearances.
SPED 512 Foundations of Behavior Analysis and
the CLM
3.00
This interdisciplinary course will provide you with the
foundational concepts, principles and methods of
Behavior Analysis which form the building blocks of
the Competent Learner Model (CLM). You will acquire
knowledge and competencies needed to provide quality
behavior analytic services in a variety of settings and
specialized training to utilize the CLM tools to support
your work. This course is designed for students and
professionals interested in becoming a Board Certified
Behavior Analyst (BCBA)/Board Certified assistant
Behavior Analyst (BCaBA) and a CLM Certified
Instructor/Coach and is appropriate for students and
professionals in the fields of education, psychology
behavior analysis and other human service fields who
work in current of future CLM implementations.
SPED 513 ABA/CLM Instructional Methods, Procedures,
and Tools
3.00
This interdisciplinary course will provide you with the
key evidence based instructional methods for making
learning valuable to all learners and ensuring consistent
participation during all instructional conditions. You
will acquire knowledge and competencies needed to
provide professional quality behavior analytic services
in a variety of settings and specialized training to utilize
the Competent Learner Model (CLM) tools to support
your work. This course is designed for students and
professionals interested in becoming a Board Certified
Behavior Analyst (BCBA)/Board Certified assistant
Behavior Analyst (BCaBA) and a CLM Certified
Instructor/Coach and is appropriate for students and
professionals in the fields of education, psychology
behavior analysis and other human service fields
who work in current of future CLM implementations.
Prerequisite: SPED 512.
SPED 514 Introduction to Gifted Education
3.00
This course provides the foundational background
necessary for understanding and working effectively
with learners who are gifted and talented. If focuses
on foundations, nature, and definition of giftedness;

85

Course Descriptions

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

86

Course Descriptions
SPED 537

SPED 538

Course Descriptions
SPED 539

CLARION UNIVERSITY
Competency Certificate. This interdisciplinary course
will provide you with an in-depth practice using ABA/
Direct Instruction(DI)/Precision Teaching (PT) design
principles for developing individualized programming
for your learners/clients. In addition, you will identify
and analyze the strength of ABA/DI/PT design elements
in CLM and other curricular resources and monitor
fidelity of instructional delivery related to adherence
to adherence to the evidence-based design. This
knowledge and practice will serve as basis for making
good design decisions when customizing curricula
to learner needs and monitoring the effects of
individualized programming. You will acquire knowledge
and competencies needed to provide professional
quality behavior analytic services in a variety of settings
and specialized training to utilize the Competent Learner
Model (CLM) tools to support your work. This course
is designed for students and professionals interested
in becoming a Board Certified Behavior Analyst
(BCBA)/Board Certified assistant Behavior Analyst
(BCaBA) and a CLM Certified Instructor/Coach and is
appropriate for students and professionals in the fields
of education, psychology behavior analysis and other
human service fields who work in current of future CLM
implementations. Prerequisite: SPED 512, SPED 513.
Contingencies to Engineer Learning
3.00
Contingencies to Engineer Learning is the fourth
competency-based course in a five to seven course
sequence Leading to the ABA/CLM Advanced
Competency Certificate. This interdisciplinary course
will provide you with the skills and tools to critically
analyze elements of learner performance and elements
of the learning environment to determine functional
relationships and utilize evidence-based contingencies
to alter the trajectory and pace of developing and
weakening repertoires. You will acquire knowledge and
competencies needed to provide professional quality
behavior analytic services in a variety of settings and
specialized training to utilize the Competent Learner
Model (CLM) tools to support your work. This course
is designed for students and professionals interested
in becoming a Board Certified Behavior Analyst
(BCBA)/Board Certified assistant Behavior Analyst
(BCaBA) and a CLM Certified Instructor/Coach and is
appropriate for students and professionals in the fields
of education, psychology behavior analysis and other
human service fields who work in current of future CLM
implementations. Prerequisite: SPED 512, SPED 513,
SPED 533.
Professional and Ethical Standards
3.00
Professional and Ethical Standards is the fifth
competency-based course in a five to seven course
sequence Leading to the ABA/CLM Advanced
Competency Certificate. This interdisciplinary course will
provide you with the Behavior Analytic professional and
ethical standards and skills to practice, supervise and
coach others and adhere to the CLM Service Delivery
and Coaching Standards.You will acquire knowledge
and competencies needed to provide professional
quality behavior analytic services in a variety of settings
and specialized training to utilize the Competent Learner
Model (CLM) tools to support your work. This course is
designed for students and professionals interested in
becoming a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA)/
Board Certified assistant Behavior Analyst (BCaBA) and
a CLM Certified Coach and is appropriate for students
and professionals in the fields of education, psychology
behavior analysis and other human service fields who
work in current of future CLM implementations.
Curr Dev & Educ Programming
3.00
This course provides instruction in the development,
selection, and implementation of appropriate curriculum
for learners who are gifted and talented. Emphasis is
placed on integration of a standards-based curriculum
with adaptations for learners who are gifted and
talented. Topics include: curriculum models, technology,
assessment methods, special populations, specialized
instructional strategies for learners who are gifted,
differentiation of curriculum and instruction, and
individualized programming. Prerequisite: SPED 514.
As needed.

SPED 544 Meth for Ind w/ High Incidence Disabilities 3.00
This course is about individualizing instruction for
students with mild and moderate disabilities. It
involves designing basic instructional sequences,
utilizing behavioral objectives, matching technology,
learner and goal characteristics, identifying appropriate
instructional strategies, and evaluating the effectiveness
of instruction. Prerequisite: SPED 128, 129, 245, 380,
462 and 482. Must be taken concurrently with SPED
416. Fall and Spring, every year.
SPED 546 Meth for Ind Low Incidence Disabilities
3.00
Focuses on individualizing instruction for individuals
with low incidence disorders. Includes desgining basic
instructional sequences, utilizing behavioral objectives,
technology, learner and goal characteristics, identifying
appropriate instructional strategies, and evaluating the
effectiveness of instruction. Prerequisties: SPED 128,
129, 245, 380, 462, 482. To be taken concurrently with
SPED 427. Fall and Spring, every year.
SPED 554 Graduate Student Teaching in Special
Education
6.00
This course involves observation and participation in
teaching students with disabilities and in activities and
in activities related to the performance of a classroom
teacher’s professional duties. Completion of all required
courses in the certification area with a minimum grade
of “C” and a cumulative QPA of 3.0, as well as the
issuance of required state clearances.
SPED 567 Sem Adv App Beh Analysis
3.00
This seminar examines contemporary theory, research,
and practice in applied behavior analysis with particular
emphasis given to applications in the fields of special
education and rehabilitative sciences.
SPED 571 Comm Adj-Fut Plan St w/ Disab
3.00
This course will examine the models of transition service
delivery, the relationships between special education,
vocational education, rehabilitation, and the technology
used to promote the movement of individuals with
disabilities from school to adult life. Prerequisites:
REHB 565 or permission of the Instructor.
SPED 576 Teaching Students with Traumatic Brain Injury
(TBI)
3.00
Children and adolescents in the United States affect mild
to severe brain injury (TBI) and return to the educational
settings every day. This course is intended to improve
understanding of brain injury among practitioners who
are working with students with TBI in and out of school
settings (however, more focused on in school settings)
such as educators, school administrators, related
service providers, rehabilitation counselors, transition
coordinators, parents, and others. Students will survey;
1) current status of educational related services across
the country concerning students with brain injuries,
2) basic anatomy and neurophysiology, assessment
procedures of TBI, the effects of TBI, rehabilitation/
educational support system for recovery in school and
community, and instructional strategies for students with
TBI.
SPED 580 Special Reading Instruct
3.00
This course is designed to provide in-service and
pre-service professionals with the knowledge and
skills to serve students with mild/moderate reading
disabilities. Individuals taking the course will assimilate
characteristics of identified students, assessment
processes and alternative interventions.
SPED 585 Spec Topics In Special Educ
3.00
Study of topical material reflecting new ideas,
knowledge, or methods relevant to Special Education.
Course content will vary from semester to semester.
Topics will be announced in advance. As needed.
SPED 597 Collab/Coop Tch Lrn Outc
3.00
This course is intended to improve the teaching and
learning outcomes in basic education by focusing on
collaboration and cooperative-education processes
and teaching methodologies. The development of
strategies for promoting professional and community
collaborations established in SPED 596: Contemporary
Education Practices and Directions, is continued in
this offering. Teaching models and methods facilitative
to encouraging and maintaining collaborative and
cooperative-educational practices extend the skills of
professional educators in appropriately serving the

87

Course Descriptions

educational needs of an increasingly diverse learning
audience. Prerequisite: SPED 596 or approval of
instructor.
SPED 632 Policy & Practice In Spec Ed
3.00
The delivery of special education is influenced by
many factors other than good teaching. Compliance
with federal guidelines, ever-changing budgets, and
political climates continue to act on the delivery of
special education. In order for our graduate students
to be able to grow as professionals, they will need to be
aware of these forces and how they interact with special
education policy and service delivery.
SPED 635 Advanced Methods for Persons with Autism
and Severe Disabilities
3.00
This course focuses on the design, implementation and
evaluation of instructional interventions for persons with
autism or severe disabilities.
SPED 637 Sem in Single Subject Research Design
3.00
This course will enable students to conduct single-case
research in special education and rehabilitative science.
The course provides theory and scenario-based practice
with a variety of single-case and replicated single-case
designs. Prerequisites: SPED 567 or equivalent
SPED 696 Contem Ed Pract & Direct
3.00
This course saliently provides the philosophical
and pragmatic basis for the rationale for change in
contemporary education. Legislation, litigation, and
research within the profession provide the foundation
for understanding why the profession must explore
innovative strategies for improving the educational
outcomes of all children. Terminologies which
dominate professional dialogue are explored and
studied to separate dogma from substance. Learner
characteristics, which are indicative of the diversity
naturally present in society, are addressed relative to
implications in teaching and learning.

Course Descriptions

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

88

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Course Descriptions

DOCTORAL COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Course Descriptions

NURS 806 DNP Leadership
3.00
This course provides an overview of program
expectations. Provides the advanced practice nurse
leadership skills for empowering and influencing others
to bring about change. Explores the role of the DNP
APN as an expert clinician, researcher, and health policy
advocate and educator. Focus is on understanding
multiple perspectives and applying theories of
leadership, organizational behavior, and systems to
a variety of settings. Ethical and legal strategies to
influence procedures and policy will be emphasized.
The student will begin to develop research ideas and
develop an internship plan. No Prerequisite. Offered
summer annually.
NURS 807 Information Management in Health Care
3.00
Provides students with essential knowledge and skills to
utilize information and management systems to support
evidence based practice. Utilizes large databases for
quality improvement of advanced nursing practice.
The role of information management systems and data
bases in health care will be discussed. Students will
employ information technology to implement decision
support programs that are pertinent to improved
practice. Co-requisite: NURS 808. Offered fall annually.
NURS 808 Analytical Methods of Evidence Based
Practice
3.00
Emphasis is on analytical methods to critically appraise
evidence-based literature and translate research to
clinical practice. Students appraise current literature
related to their chosen topic, constructing an evidence
basis for their selected practice project. Co-requisites:
NURS 807. Offered fall annually.
NURS 809 Advanced Topics in Population Health
3.00
Explores emerging literature related to management
of complex health conditions across the lifespan.
Emphasis is on health promotion and care of
communities and populations. The effective utilization
of health care systems, principles of epidemiology,
environmental health, and community partnering and
planning will be examined as they relate to population
health promotion. No Pre or Co-requisites. Offered
spring annually.
NURS 810 Advanced Care of the Individual
and Family
3.00
Explores the management of complex health conditions
across the lifespan with a focus on individuals and
thier families. Provides an overview of the strategies
and tools for assessing and achieving improvement
in healthcare safety and outcomes. Topics will vary
and be drawn from emerging fields such as genetics,
immunology, behavioral health, pharmacology, and
preventive medicine. No Prerequisites. Offered spring
annually.
NURS 830 Clinical Teaching Strategies in Nursing
3.00
Evidence-based teaching and learning strategies for
adult learning and nursing education in formal and
informal learning settings are explored. Emphasis is
on structuring teaching strategies to assure effective
individual and group learning. Simulation, case studies,
structured presentation, and other innovative strategies
are reviewed.
NURS 840 Advanced Evaluation Strategies in
Nursing Education
3.00
This course will explore concepts related to assessment,
measurement, and evaluation in nursing education.
Decision-making, objectivity verses subjectivity, and
legal and ethical issues related to evaluation will be
explored. The components of reliable, valid evaluations
will be highlighted. Students will engage in planning and
construction of evaluations.
NURS 849 Doctor of Nursing Practice Clinical Internship
Elective
12.00
Students will enhance their role as an advanced
practice nurse. Students who have not completed at
least 500 hours of clinical practice at the master’s level
upon acceptance into the program, will acquire and

apply DNP and advanced practice competencies in a
mentored setting of their choice. Students will identify
learning plans with prior faculty approval to meet their
individual professional practice goals. It is required that
25% if course hours must be involved with working with
a clinical expert. NURS 849 will be offered all sessions,
and 1 credit = 45 hours of internship.
NURS 850 Doctor of Nursing Practice Clinical
Internship I
3.00
First of two required internships. Provides students an
opportunity to enhance and integrate prior learning.
Student acquires and applies DNP and advanced
practice competencies with a faculty mentor or in a
mentored clinical setting. Student self-identifies learning
goals/plan for faculty approval. Students will complete
135 of mentored clinical time. Prerequisite: NURS
806, 807, 808, 809 and specialty electives related to
internship focus. Offered summer annually.
NURS 851 Doctor of Nursing Practice Clinical
Internship II
3.00
Second of two required internships. Provides students
additional opportunity to enhance and integrate prior
learning. Student acquires and applies DNP and
advanced practice competencies with a faculty member
or in a mentored clinical setting. Student will complete
135 hours of mentored clinical time. Student selfidentifies learning goals/plan for faculty approval. The
student will register for 3 credits in the fall term. Student
may register for 1 to 3 additional credits of NURS 851 in
the spring semester based on a gap analysis of clinical
hours completed. Prerequisite: NURS 806, 807, 808,
809 and specialty electives related to internship focus.
Offered fall annually.
NURS 900 Doctor of Nursing Practice Project
(Clinical Dissertation)
3.00
Focus of this practice doctoral course is on the
development, implementation, evaluation, and
dissemination of a project that translates evidence
into practice. The project will relate to the advanced
practice nursing role. Prerequisite: NURS 806, 807,
808, 809. Special grading: Pass/Fail/In Progress (IP).
The student will register for 3 credits in the summer
term and 3 credits in the fall term. Student may register
for an additional credit of NURS 900 for 3 subsequent
consecutive semesters receiving an In Progress (IP)
grade until done. Enrollment by permission of instructor
only. Offered summer, fall annually.

Lot 13

Lot N

Starbucks

Book
Store

Denny’s
Den

Movie
Theater

Lot
4

Lot
5

Suites on
Main Street
South

Suites on
Main Street
North

Lot 3

Commuter Students Lots 6, 11, 13, 14, 15, 16
Residence Lots 3, 4, 8, 17, P

Lot
15

Becht
Hall

University
Police

Basketball
Courts

Retail Parking
Admissions Visitor Parking
Lots C, D, E, F, G, H, K, L, M, N, O, R, S, T, U, V, X, 5, 7, 9, 10, 12
Overnight parking is restricted to Lots 3, 4, 8, 17, P

E

Lot
17

ADMISSIONS
ADMISSIONS
PARKING

STUDENT
SUCCESS
CENTER

Rhea
Building

909

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG
89

90

CLARION CAMPUS FACILITIES
Ballentine Hall, located on Wood Street.
Becht Hall, located on Wood Street, houses student one-stop
services including Student Financial Services, Registrar,
Disability Support, Career Services, Advising Center,
ROTC, Tutoring and Testing, Veterans Lounge, Residence
Life and Housing, Counseling, Health & Wellness Services,
Alcohol and Other Drug Programs, New Student Programs,
and Vice President for Student Affairs and Staff.
Becker Hall, at Greenville Avenue and Thorn Street, houses
the Communication and the Computer Information Science
departments.
Campus View Suites is on top of the hill and offers living room
areas in each unit (two to four students per unit).
Carlson Library is on the central campus just off Wood
Street. It houses the Clarion University Art Gallery, the
Department of Information and Library Science, the library
faculty and staff and the university’s collection of resource
documents.
Carrier Administration Building, at Main Street and
Arnold Avenue, houses offices for the president and staff,
the vice president for finance and administration and staff;
Business Office, Human Resources, and Social Equity.
Center for Advancement of Clarion University, situated
at the corner of Greenville Avenue and Corbett Street, houses
the offices of alumni development and the Clarion University
Foundation, Inc.
Central Services, located on Wood Street, houses
publications/printing offices and mailroom operations.
Davis Hall, on Greenville Avenue, has classrooms and offices
for the English and Modern Languages departments.
Eagle Commons Dining Facility, located at the corner of
Arnold and Wood Streets, seats 530 and offers a variety of
food styles. The lower level features meeting rooms which
can hold a total of 100 visitors.
Egbert Hall is on the central campus behind Carlson Library.
Founders Hall is situated at the corner of Wood and Ninth
and houses classrooms for the Social Sciences Department,
studios for the Art program.and the provost and academic
vice president and staff.
Gemmell Student Complex, located at the north corner
of Wilson Avenue and Payne Street, provides offices for
Judicial Affairs, student government and student activities
personnel. Also housed in this area are the food court, coffee
shop, meeting rooms and other recreation areas for students.
There is also a multi-purpose room.
Givan Hall, situated on the hill along with Campus View,
Valley View and Ralston Hall.
Hart Chapel Theatre is located on Wood Street and Eighth
Avenue.
Harvey Hall is on center campus and houses offices and
classrooms for the Psychology Department and Women
and Gender Studies program. Offices for the Dean of Health
Sciences and Human Services are on the second floor.
Joseph P. Grunenwald Center for Science and
Technology, located on central campus west of Harvey
Hall and houses offices, classrooms, and labs for AGES,

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Biology, Chemistry and Mathematics, as well as the planetarium.
Keeling, off Wilson Avenue behind Givan Hall. The Speech
Pathology and Audiology Diagnostic Center is located on the
ground floor. The Speech Pathology and Audiology Department
is also located on the first floor.
Marwick-Boyd Fine Arts Center, which stands at the south
corner of Payne Street and Greenville Avenue, provides a
1,600-seat auditorium, Little Theatre, Sandford Art Gallery,
classrooms, studios, multimedia studio, laboratories, and office
and exhibit areas for Art, Music, Theatre and Communication.
Offices for the Dean of Arts and Sciences are on the second floor.
McEntire Maintenance Building on Wilson Avenue south
of Payne Street, is the center for physical plant maintenance,
the motor pool, maintenance shops, Purchasing and Accounts
Payable.
Moore Hall, east of Carlson Library, serves as a reception and
meeting facility.
Ralston Hall is situated on the hill above Gemmell Student
Complex and houses the on-ground bachelors degree pre-license
nursing program and Intercollegiate Athletics.
Reinhard Villages located at 159 University Boulevard off
Greenville Avenue and offers apartment style living with private
bedrooms with two or four students per unit.
Special Education Center, at the corner of Eighth and
Greenville, houses the reception area of the Educational
Appraisal Clinic and therapy rooms, along with some faculty
offices and classrooms.
Stevens Hall, off Greenville Avenue, provides classrooms and
faculty offices for education and human services programs and
offices for the School of Education.
Still Hall Business Administration and the Lewis
Computer Center are in a single building on the north campus
at Main Street and Ninth Avenue housing the information
center, computing services, the Office of the College of
Business Administration, and the Departments of Accountancy,
Administrative Science, Economics, Finance/Real Estate and
Marketing.
Student Recreation Center, is located on Payne Street. It
contains three multipurpose courts for basketball, volleyball
and tennis, and includes a 4-lane track, fitness areas, equipment
checkout and a climbing wall. It also houses the group fitness
and intramural programs.
Suites on Main North (SOMN) on Main Street next to Still Hall
and offers private or shared bedroom for two students; houses
movie theater and meeting room.
Suites on Main South (SOMS) on Main Street next to Carrier
and offers private or shared bedroom for two students; houses
Starbucks, The Den, the University Store and meeting rooms.
Tippin Gymnasium-Natatorium stands at the north center of
Payne Street and Greenville Avenue.
University Art Gallery is located on the Greenville Avenue
side of the Carlson Library. The permanent collection covers
all media, with special emphasis in photography, prints, artist’s
books and ceramics. Exhibitions are scheduled throughout the
year.
Valley View Suites is located on Wood Street and offers living
room areas in each unit (two to four students per unit).

2020-2021 GRADUATE CATALOG

91

1801 West First Street
Oil City, PA 16301-3297

Handicap Parking
Wheelchair Accessible Building
Emergency Phones

VENANGO CAMPUS

Osborne Street

Rhoades
Center

West
End
Pond

Suhr
Library

Student Parking
Visitor/
Staff
Parking

Frame Hall

Faculty
Parking

Student
Parking

Maintenance

Faculty
Parking

Montgomery Hall
West First Street, Oil City, Pennsylvania

Student Apartment Housing 1. Elizabeth S. Black Hall

2. Edward V. and Jessie L. Peters Hall
3. Michael F. and Joyce I Hughes Hall
4. Leadership Hall
5. Bradford George Carmack Barnes Hall

Student Parking

1

2

3

4

5

VENANGO CAMPUS FACILITIES
Richard C. Frame Hall, the original building, contains the administrative office, Admissions and Financial Aid,
Continuing Education, Allied Health Offices, and classrooms.
Robert W. Rhoades Center houses Student Affairs and provides student lounge and recreation facilities, a gymnasium, an
auditorium-theatre, a bookstore, a fitness center, and food services.
The Charles L. Suhr Library houses the library, study facilities, faculty offices, and the Barbara Morgan Harvey Center for
the Study of Oil Heritage.
Montgomery Hall is a modern classroom and office building which houses the Department of Nursing, the simulation labs,
the computer laboratory, the Academic Resource Center, interactive video classrooms, career services, and faculty offices.
Elizabeth S. Black Hall, Edward V. & Jessie L. Peters Hall, Michael F. and Joyce I. Hughes Hall, Leadership
Hall, and Bradford George Carmack Barnes Hall are attractive, upscale apartment buildings offering students a
private bedroom and a semi-private bathroom with shared kitchen facilities and living and dining areas. Each apartment is
fully furnished and houses four students.

92

CLARION UNIVERSITY

Clarion University
840 Wood Street
Clarion, PA 16214-1232
www.clarion.edu

A member of the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education